Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Sandy Spring Bancorp

Sandy Spring Bancorp

sasr · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker sasr
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Sandy Spring Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017

Commission File Number 0-19065 
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland
(Address of principal executive offices)

52-1532952

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

20832
(Zip Code)

301-774-6400
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
                                                                                                                                                              [  ]  Yes  [X]  No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
                                                                                                                                                              [  ]  Yes  [X]  No*
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.                 
[X]    Yes   [  ]   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted
and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  and  post  such
files).    [X]  Yes  [  ]  No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated  filer, a non-accelerated  filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of
“large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  [X]                Accelerated filer   [  ]    Non-accelerated filer  [  ]    Smaller reporting company  [  ]    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  [  ]  Yes  [X]  No

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2017, the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed
second fiscal quarter was approximately $949 million, based on the closing sales price of $40.66 per share of the registrant's Common Stock on that date.

The number of outstanding shares of common stock outstanding as of February 21, 2018.
Common stock, $1.00 par value – 35,453,721 shares

Part III: Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 25 , 2018 (the "Proxy Statement").

Documents Incorporated By Reference

* The registrant is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the Act.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.
Table of Contents
Forward-Looking Statements .......................................................................................................................................  
PART I.
Item 1. Business .........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A. Risk Factors .................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments ...........................................................................................................................  
Item 2. Properties .......................................................................................................................................................  
Item 3. Legal Proceedings ............................................................................................................................................  
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures ...................................................................................................................................  

PART II.
Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ..  
Item 6. Selected Financial Data ....................................................................................................................................  
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .......................................  
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..............................................................................  
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ....................................................................................................  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..................................................................................  
Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................................................................................  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ..................................................................................................  

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ......................................  
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures ................................................................................................................................  
Item 9B. Other Information ..........................................................................................................................................  

PART III.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...................................................................................  
Item 11. Executive Compensation ................................................................................................................................  
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .....................  
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence .........................................................  
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services ............................................................................................................  

PART IV.
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ...........................................................................................................  
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary ......................................................................................................................................  
Signatures……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. ...........  

3

4
15
23
23
23
23

24
28
29
58
59
60
62
67
118
118
118

118
119
119
119
119

119
122
123

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report Form 10-K, as well as other periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and written or oral communications made from time to
time by or on behalf of Sandy Spring Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), may contain statements relating to future events or future results of the Company that
are considered “forward-looking statements” under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements may be identified by the use of
words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,”  “plan,” “estimate,” “intend” and “potential,” or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as “should,”
“could,” or “may.”  Forward-looking statements include statements of our goals, intentions and expectations; statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and
operating strategies; statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

Forward-looking  statements  reflect  our  expectation  or  prediction  of  future  conditions,  events  or  results  based  on  information  currently  available.  These  forward-looking
statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements.  These risk and uncertainties
include, but are not limited to, the risks identified in Item 1A of this report and the following:

·
            general business and economic conditions nationally or in the markets  that the Company serves  could adversely  affect,  among  other things,  real estate prices,
unemployment levels, and consumer and business confidence, which could lead to decreases in the demand for loans, deposits and other financial services that we
provide and increases in loan delinquencies and defaults;

·
      changes or volatility in the capital markets and interest rates may adversely impact the value of securities, loans, deposits and other financial instruments and the

interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet as well as our liquidity;

·
      our liquidity requirements could be adversely affected by changes in our assets and liabilities;
·
      our investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk, and liquidity risk as well as changes in the estimates we use to value certain of the securities

in our portfolio;

·
      the effect of legislative or regulatory developments including changes in laws concerning taxes, banking, securities, insurance and other aspects of the financial

services industry;

·
      competitive factors among financial services companies, including product and pricing pressures and our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified banking

professionals;

·
      acquisition integration risks, including potential deposit attrition, higher than expected costs, customer loss, business disruption and the inability to realize benefits

and cost savings from, and limit any unexpected liabilities associated with, any business combinations;

·
             the  effect  of  changes  in  accounting  policies  and  practices,  as  may  be  adopted  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board,  the  Securities  and  Exchange

Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and other regulatory agencies; and

·
      the effect of fiscal and governmental policies of the United States federal government.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report.  We do not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur
after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by federal securities laws.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
PART I

Item 1.  BUSINESS 

General
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company") is the bank holding company for Sandy Spring Bank (the "Bank"). The Company is registered as a bank holding company
pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "Holding Company Act"). As such, the Company is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"). The Company began operating in 1988. Sandy Spring Bank traces its origin to 1868, making it among
the oldest banking institutions in the region. The Bank is independent, community oriented, and conducts a full-service commercial banking business through 42 community
offices and 6 financial centers located in Central Maryland, Northern Virginia, and Washington D. C as of December 31, 2017. The Bank is a state chartered bank subject to
supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve and the State of Maryland. The Bank's deposit accounts are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") to the maximum permitted by law. The Bank is a member  of the Federal  Reserve  System  and is an Equal Housing
Lender. The Company, the Bank, and its other subsidiaries are Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Employers. 

The Company is a community banking organization that focuses its lending and other services on businesses and consumers in the local market area with $5.4 billion in
assets at December 31, 2017.  Through its subsidiaries, Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation and West Financial Services, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank offers a comprehensive
menu of insurance and investment management services. 

On January 1, 2018, the Company completed its acquisition of WashingtonFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“WashingtonFirst”), the parent company for WashingtonFirst Bank, in a
transaction  valued  at  approximately  $452  million.  WashingtonFirst  was  headquartered  in  Reston,  Virginia,  and  had  19  community  banking  offices  and  more  than  $2.1
billion in assets as of December 31, 2017.

The Company's and the Bank's principal executive office is located at 17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland 20832, and its telephone number is 301-774-6400.

Availability of Information
This report is not part of the proxy materials; it is provided along with the annual proxy statement for convenience of use and as an expense control measure. The Company
makes available through the Investor Relations area of the Company website, at www.sandyspringbank.com , annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q,
current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Access to
these reports is provided by means of a link to a third-party vendor that maintains a database of such filings.  In general, the Company intends that these reports be available
as soon as practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  Technical and other operational obstacles or delays caused
by the vendor may delay their availability.  The SEC maintains a website ( www.sec.gov ) where these filings also are available through the SEC’s EDGAR system.  There
is no charge for access to these filings through either the Company’s site or the SEC’s site.

Market and Economic Overview
Sandy Spring Bank is headquartered in Montgomery County, Maryland and conducts business primarily in Central Maryland, Northern Virginia and Washington D.C.  The
Bank’s business footprint serves Greater Washington, which includes the District of Columbia proper, Northern Virginia and suburban Maryland, one of the country’s most
economically successful regions. The region’s economic strength is due to the region’s significant federal government presence and its strong growth in the business and
professional services  sector.  The  proximity  to  numerous  armed  forces  installations  in  Maryland,  including  the  United  States  Cyber  Command  in  Ft.  Meade,  Maryland,
together with a strategic location between two of the country’s leading ports - the Port of Baltimore and the Port of Norfolk – has provided opportunities for growth in a
variety of areas, including logistics and transportation.

4

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The unemployment rate in the region  has remained  consistently  below the national  average  for the last  several  years. Much of this  success is due to the region’s  highly
trained and educated workforce. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the region is home to six of the top ten most highly educated counties in the nation and five of the top
ten most affluent counties, as measured by household income. The Company’s geographical location provides access to key neighboring markets such as Philadelphia, New
York City, Pittsburgh and the Richmond/Norfolk, Virginia corridor.

The local economy that the Company operates in continues to improve and indications are that the regional economy will continue to strengthen and expand.  Consumer
confidence  continued  to  improve  throughout  2017.    While  the  economic  improvement  has  resulted  in  many  positive  economic  trends  such  as  lower  unemployment,
increased housing starts and strong housing prices, these have been offset by other concerns such as the lack of wage growth, low inflation levels and the strength of the
dollar, that in concert, have acted to suppress the pace of economic expansion.  Volatility in global economic markets and various episodes of geo-political unrest continue
to  cause  a  degree  of  uncertainty  in  the  financial  markets.    Additionally,  the  potential  for  additional  interest  rate  increases  in  the  future  has  tempered  confidence  among
individual consumers and small and mid-sized businesses.   Management is encouraged by the overall strength of the current economic environment and the prospects for
continued growth of the Company. 

Loan Products
The  Company  currently  offers  a  complete  menu  of  loan  products  primarily  in  the  Company’s  identified  market  footprint  that  are  discussed  in  detail  below  and  on  the
following pages.  These following sections should be read in conjunction with the section “Credit Risk” on page 47 of this report.

Residential Real Estate Loans
The residential real estate category contains loans principally to consumers secured by residential real estate. The Company's residential real estate lending policy requires
each loan to have viable repayment sources. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of these repayment sources at the time of approval, based upon
measures  including  credit  scores,  debt-to-income  ratios,  and  collateral  values.  Credit  risk  for  residential  real  estate  loans  arises  from  borrowers  lacking  the  ability  or
willingness to repay the loan or by a shortfall in the value of the residential real estate in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default and subsequent
liquidation of the real estate collateral.  The residential real estate portfolio includes both conforming and non-conforming mortgage loans.

Conforming mortgage loans represent loans originated in accordance with underwriting standards set forth by the government-sponsored entities (“GSEs”), including the
Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  (“Fannie  Mae”),  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  (“Freddie  Mac”),  and  the  Government  National  Mortgage
Association  (“Ginnie  Mae”),  which  serve  as  the  primary  purchasers  of  loans  sold  in  the  secondary  mortgage  market  by  mortgage  lenders.  These  loans  are  generally
collateralized by one-to-four-family residential real estate, have loan-to-collateral value ratios of 80% or less or have mortgage insurance to insure down to 80%, and are
made to borrowers in good credit standing. Substantially all fixed-rate conforming loans originated are sold in the secondary mortgage market. For any loans retained by the
Company, title insurance insuring the priority of its mortgage lien, as well as fire and extended coverage casualty insurance protecting the properties securing the loans is
required. Borrowers may be required to advance funds, with each monthly payment of principal  and interest, to a loan escrow account from which the Company makes
disbursements for items such as real estate taxes and mortgage insurance premiums. Appraisers approved by the Company appraise the properties securing substantially all
of the Company's residential mortgage loans.

Non-conforming  mortgage  loans  represent  loans  that  generally  are  not  saleable  in  the  secondary  market  to  the  GSEs  for  inclusion  in  conventional  mortgage-backed
securities due to the credit characteristics of the borrower, the underlying documentation, the loan-to-value ratio, or the size of the loan, among other factors. The Company
originates non-conforming loans for its own portfolio and for sale to third-party investors, usually large mortgage companies, under commitments by the mortgage company
to purchase the loans subject to compliance with pre-established investor criteria. Non-conforming loans generated for sale include loans that may not be underwritten using
customary underwriting standards. These loans typically are held after funding for thirty days or less, and are included in residential mortgages held for sale.  The Company
may sell both conforming and non-conforming loans on either a servicing released or servicing retained basis. 

5

 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company makes residential real estate development and construction loans generally to provide interim financing on property during the development and construction
period. Borrowers include builders, developers and persons who will ultimately occupy the single-family dwelling. Residential real estate development and construction loan
funds are disbursed periodically as pre-specified stages of completion are attained based upon site inspections. Interest rates on these loans are usually adjustable.  Loans to
individuals for the construction of primary personal residences are typically secured by the property under construction, frequently include additional collateral (such as a
second mortgage on the borrower's present home), and commonly have maturities of twelve to eighteen months. The Company attempts to obtain the permanent mortgage
loan under terms, conditions and documentation standards that permit the sale of the mortgage loan in the secondary mortgage loan market.

Commercial Loans
Included  in  this  category  are  commercial  real  estate  loans,  commercial  construction  loans  and  other  commercial  loans.  Over  the  years,  the  Company’s commercial loan
clients have come to represent a diverse cross-section of small to mid-size local businesses within the Company’s market footprint, whose owners and employees are often
established Bank customers. Such banking relationships are a natural business for the Company, with its long-standing community roots and extensive experience in serving
and lending to this market segment.

Commercial loans are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval and are regularly reviewed for any possible deterioration in the ability of the
borrower  to  repay  the  loan.  Collateral  generally  is  required  to  provide  the  Company  with  an  additional  source  of  repayment  in  the  event  of  default  by  a  commercial
borrower.  The  structure  of  the  collateral  package,  including  the  type  and  amount  of  the  collateral,  varies  from  loan  to  loan  depending  on  the  financial  strength  of  the
borrower, the amount and terms of the loan, and the collateral available to be pledged by the borrower, but generally may include real estate, accounts receivable, inventory,
equipment or other assets. Loans also may be supported by personal guarantees from the principals of the commercial loan borrowers.  The financial condition and cash flow
of commercial borrowers are closely monitored by the submission of corporate financial statements, personal financial statements and income tax returns. The frequency of
submissions of required information depends upon the size and complexity of the credit and the collateral that secures the loan.  Credit risk for commercial loans arises from
borrowers lacking the ability or willingness to repay the loan, and in the case of secured loans, by a shortfall in the collateral value in relation to the outstanding loan balance
in the event of a default and subsequent liquidation of collateral. The Company has no commercial loans to borrowers in similar industries that exceed 10% of total loans.

Included in commercial loans are credits directly originated by the Company and, to a lesser extent, syndicated transactions or loan participations that are originated by other
lenders. The Company's commercial lending policy requires each loan, regardless of whether it is directly originated or is purchased, to have viable repayment sources. The
risks associated with syndicated loans or purchased participations are similar to those of directly originated commercial loans, although additional risk may arise from the
limited  ability  to  control  actions  of  the  primary  lender.    Shared  National  Credits  (SNC),  as  defined  by  the  banking  regulatory  agencies,  represent  syndicated  lending
arrangements with three or more participating financial institutions and credit exceeding $20.0 million in the aggregate. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had no
SNC purchases outstanding and $26.9 million in SNC sold outstanding. During 2017, the Company’s primary regulator completed its annual SNC examination. As a result
of this review no action was required on the Company’s SNC participations.

The  Company  sells  participations  in  loans  it  originates  to  other  financial  institutions  in  order  to  build  long-term  customer  relationships  or  limit  loan  concentration.  The
Company  also  purchases  whole  loans  and  loan  participations  as  part  of  its  asset/liability  management  strategy.  Strict  policies  are  in  place  governing  the  degree  of  risk
assumed  and  volume  of  loans  held.  At  December  31,  2017,  other  financial  institutions  had  $26.9  million  in  outstanding  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loan
participations sold by the Company, excluding SNC participations. In addition, the Company had $33.1 million in outstanding commercial and commercial real estate loan
participations purchased from other lenders, excluding SNC participations.

6

 
 
 
 
 
     
 
The Company's commercial real estate loans consist of both loans secured by owner occupied properties and non-owner occupied properties where an established banking
relationship exists and involves investment properties for warehouse, retail, and office space with a history of occupancy and cash flow. The commercial real estate category
contains mortgage loans to developers and owners of commercial real estate. Commercial real estate loans are governed by the same lending policies and subject to credit
risk as previously described for commercial loans. Commercial real estate loans secured by owner-occupied properties are based upon the borrower’s financial health and
the ability of the borrower and the business to repay. The Company seeks to reduce the risks associated with commercial mortgage lending by generally lending in its market
area, using conservative loan-to-value ratios and obtaining periodic financial statements and tax returns from borrowers to perform loan reviews. It is also the Company's
general policy to obtain personal guarantees from the principals of the borrowers and to underwrite the business entity from a cash flow perspective. Interest rate risks are
mitigated by using either floating interest rates or by fixing rates for a short period of time, generally less than three years.  While loan amortizations may be approved for up
to 300 months, each loan generally has a call provision (maturity date) of five to seven years or less.

The Company primarily lends for commercial construction in local markets that are familiar and understandable, works selectively with top-quality builders and developers,
and requires substantial equity from its borrowers.  The underwriting process is designed to confirm that the project will be economically feasible and financially viable; it is
generally  evaluated  as  though  the  Company  will  provide  permanent  financing.  The  Company's  portfolio  growth  objectives  do  not  include  speculative  commercial
construction projects or projects lacking reasonable proportionate sharing of risk. Development and construction loans are secured by the properties under development or
construction, and personal guarantees are typically obtained. Further, to assure that reliance is not placed solely upon the value of the underlying collateral, the Company
considers the financial condition and reputation of the borrower and any guarantors, the amount of the borrower's equity in the project, independent appraisals, cost estimates
and pre-construction sales information. A risk rating system is used on the commercial loan portfolio to determine any exposures to losses.

Acquisition, development and construction loans (“AD&C loans”) to residential builders are generally made for the construction of residential homes for which a binding
sales  contract  exists  and  the  prospective  buyers  had  been  pre-qualified  for  permanent  mortgage  financing  by  either  third-party  lenders  (mortgage  companies  or  other
financial institutions) or the Company.  Loans for the development of residential land are extended when evidence is provided that the lots under development will be or
have been sold to builders satisfactory to the Company. These loans are generally extended for a period of time sufficient to allow for the clearing and grading of the land
and the installation of water, sewer and roads, which is typically a minimum of eighteen months to three years.

The  Company  makes  commercial  business  loans.  Commercial  term  loans  are  made  to  provide  funds  for  equipment  and  general  corporate  needs.    This  loan  category  is
designed to support borrowers who have a proven ability to service debt over a term generally not to exceed 84 months.  The Company generally requires a first lien position
on all collateral and requires guarantees from owners having at least a 10% interest in the involved business.  Interest rates on commercial term loans are generally floating
or fixed for a term not to exceed five years.  Management monitors industry and collateral concentrations to avoid loan exposures to a large group of similar industries or
similar collateral. Commercial business loans are evaluated for historical and projected cash flow attributes, balance sheet strength, and primary and alternate resources of
personal  guarantors.    Commercial  term  loan  documents  require  borrowers  to  forward  regular  financial  information  on  both  the  business  and  personal  guarantors.  Loan
covenants  require  at  least  annual  submission  of  complete  financial  information  and  in  certain  cases  this  information  is  required  monthly,  quarterly  or  semi-annually
depending  on  the  degree  to  which  the  Company  desires  information  resources  for  monitoring  a  borrower’s  financial  condition  and  compliance  with  loan  covenants. 
Examples of properly margined  collateral  for loans, as required  by bank policy, would be a 75% advance  on the lesser  of appraisal  or recent  sales price on commercial
property, an 80% or less  advance  on eligible  receivables,  a 50% or  less  advance  on  eligible  inventory  and  an 80%  advance  on appraised  residential  property.  Collateral
borrowing certificates  may be required  to monitor certain collateral  categories on a monthly or quarterly basis. Loans may require personal guarantees.   Key person life
insurance may be required as appropriate and as necessary to mitigate the risk of loss of a primary owner or manager. Whenever appropriate and available, the Bank seeks
governmental loan guarantees, such as the Small Business Administration loan programs, to reduce risks.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial lines of credit are granted  to finance  a business borrower’s  short-term  credit  needs  and/or to  finance  a  percentage  of  eligible  receivables  and  inventory.    In
addition to the risks inherent in term loan facilities, line of credit borrowers typically require additional monitoring to protect the lender against increasing loan volumes and
diminishing collateral values.  Commercial lines of credit are generally revolving in nature and require close scrutiny.  The Company generally requires at least an annual
out of debt period (for seasonal borrowers) or regular financial information (monthly or quarterly financial statements, borrowing base certificates, etc.) for borrowers with
more growth and greater permanent working capital financing needs.  Advances against collateral value are limited.  Lines of credit and term loans to the same borrowers
generally are cross-defaulted and cross-collateralized.  Interest rate charges on this group of loans generally float at a factor at or above the prime lending rate.

Consumer Loans
Consumer lending continues to be important to the Company’s full-service, community banking business.  This category of loans includes primarily home equity loans and
lines, installment loans and personal lines of credit. 

The home equity category consists mainly of revolving lines of credit to consumers that are secured by residential real estate. Home equity lines of credit and other home
equity loans are originated by the Company for typically up to 85% of the appraised value, less the amount of any existing prior liens on the property. While home equity
loans have maximum terms of up to twenty years and interest rates are generally fixed, home equity lines of credit have maximum terms of up to ten years for draws and
thirty years  for  repayment,  and  interest  rates  are  generally  adjustable.  The  Company  secures  these  loans  with  mortgages  on  the  homes  (typically  a  second  mortgage).
Purchase money  second  mortgage  loans  originated  by  the  Company  have  maximum  terms  ranging  from  ten  to  thirty  years.  These  loans  generally  carry  a  fixed  rate  of
interest for a term of 15 or 20 years. ARM loans have a 30 year amortization period with a fixed rate of interest for the first five, seven or ten years, re-pricing annually
thereafter at a predetermined spread to LIBOR. Home equity lines are generally governed by the same lending policies and subject to credit risk as described for residential
real estate loans.

Other consumer loans include installment loans used by customers to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles. These consumer loans are generally governed
by the same overall lending policies as described for residential real estate. Credit risk for consumer loans arises from borrowers lacking the ability or willingness to repay
the loan, and in the case of secured loans, by a shortfall in the value of the collateral in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default and subsequent
liquidation of collateral. 

Consumer installment loans are generally offered for terms of up to six years at fixed interest rates.  Automobile loans can be for up to 100% of the purchase price or the
retail value listed by the National  Automobile Dealers Association. The terms of the loans are determined by the age and condition of the collateral. Collision insurance
policies are required on all these loans, unless the borrower has substantial other assets and income. The Company also makes other consumer loans, which may or may not
be secured. The term of the loans usually depends on the collateral. The majority of unsecured loans usually do not exceed $50 thousand and have a term of no longer than
36 months.

Deposit Activities
Subject  to  the  Company’s  Asset/Liability  Committee  (the  “ALCO”)  policies  and  current  business  plan,  the  Treasury  function  works  closely  with  the  Company’s  retail
deposit operations to accomplish the objectives of maintaining deposit market share within the Company’s primary markets and managing funding costs to preserve the net
interest margin.

One of the Company’s primary objectives as a community bank is to develop long-term, multi-product customer relationships from its comprehensive menu of financial
products. To that end, the lead product to develop such relationships is typically a deposit product. The Company intends to rely on deposit growth to fund long-term loan
growth.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Treasury Activities
The Treasury function manages the wholesale segments of the balance sheet, including investments, purchased funds and long-term debt, and is responsible for all facets of
interest rate risk management for the Company, which includes the pricing of deposits consistent with conservative interest rate risk and liquidity practices. Management’s
objective is to achieve the maximum level of consistent earnings over the long term, while minimizing interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk and optimizing capital
utilization. In managing the investment portfolio under its stated objectives, the Company invests primarily in U.S. Treasury and Agency securities, U.S Agency mortgage-
backed securities (“MBS”), U.S. Agency Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMO”), municipal bonds and, to a minimal extent, trust preferred securities and corporate
bonds. Treasury strategies and activities are overseen by the Risk Committee of the board of directors, ALCO and the Company’s Investment Committee, which reviews all
investment and funding transactions. The ALCO activities are summarized and reviewed quarterly with the Company’s board of directors.

The primary objective of the investment portfolio is to provide the necessary liquidity consistent with anticipated levels of deposit funding and loan demand with a minimal
level of risk. The overall average duration of 3.7 years of the investment portfolio together with the types of investments (97% of the portfolio is rated AA or above) is
intended to provide sufficient cash flows to support the Company’s lending goals. Liquidity is also provided by lines of credit maintained with the Federal Home Loan Bank
of Atlanta (“FHLB”), the Federal Reserve, and to a lesser extent, bank lines of credit.

Borrowing Activities
Management  utilizes  a  variety  of  sources  to  raise  borrowed  funds  at  competitive  rates,  including  federal  funds  purchased,  FHLB  borrowings  and  retail  repurchase
agreements. FHLB borrowings typically carry rates at varying spreads from the LIBOR rate or treasury yield curve for the equivalent term because they may be secured with
investments or high quality loans. Federal funds purchased, which are generally overnight borrowings, are typically purchased at the Federal Reserve target rate.

The Company’s borrowing activities are achieved through the use of the previously mentioned lines of credit to address overnight and short-term funding needs, match-fund
loan activity and, when opportunities are present, to lock in attractive rates due to market conditions.

Employees
The Company and its subsidiaries employed 754 persons, including executive officers, loan and other banking and trust officers, branch personnel, and others at December
31,  2017.  None  of  the  Company's  employees  is  represented  by  a  union  or  covered  under  a  collective  bargaining  agreement.  Management  of  the  Company  considers  its
employee relations to be excellent.

Competition
The Bank's principal competitors  for deposits are other financial  institutions, including other banks, credit unions, and savings institutions located in the Bank’s primary
market area of central Maryland, Northern Virginia and Washington D. C. Competition among these institutions is based primarily on interest rates and other terms offered,
service charges imposed on deposit accounts, the quality of services rendered, and the convenience of banking facilities. Additional competition for depositors' funds comes
from mutual funds, U.S. Government securities, and private issuers of debt obligations and suppliers of other investment alternatives for depositors such as securities firms.
Competition from credit unions has intensified in recent years as historical federal limits on membership have been relaxed. Because federal law subsidizes credit unions by
giving them a general exemption from federal income taxes, credit unions have a significant cost advantage over banks and savings associations, which are fully subject to
federal income taxes. Credit unions may use this advantage to offer rates that are highly competitive with those offered by banks and thrifts.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The banking business in Central Maryland, Northern Virginia and Washington D. C. generally, and the Bank's primary service areas specifically, are highly competitive with
respect to both loans and deposits. As noted above, the Bank competes with many larger banking organizations that have offices over a wide geographic area. These larger
institutions have certain inherent advantages, such as the ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and promotions and to allocate their investment assets to
regions offering the highest yield and demand. They also offer services, such as international banking, that are not offered directly by the Bank (but are available indirectly
through correspondent institutions),  and, by virtue  of their larger  total  capitalization,  such banks have  substantially  higher  legal  lending  limits,  which are  based on bank
capital, than does the Bank. The Bank can arrange loans in excess of its lending limit, or in excess of the level of risk it desires to take, by arranging participations with other
banks.  The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates, loan origination fees, and the range of services offered by lenders. Competitors for loan originations
include other commercial banks, mortgage bankers, mortgage brokers, savings associations, and insurance companies.

Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation (“SSIC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, offers annuities as an alternative to traditional deposit accounts. SSIC operates Sandy
Spring Insurance, a general insurance agency located in Annapolis, Maryland, and Neff & Associates, an insurance agency located in Ocean City, Maryland.  Both agencies
face competition primarily from other insurance agencies and insurance companies.  West Financial Services, Inc. (“WFS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, is an
asset management and financial planning company located in McLean, Virginia.  The competition that WFS faces is primarily from other financial planners, banks, and
financial management companies.

In addition to competing with other commercial banks, credit unions and savings associations, commercial banks such as the Bank compete with non-bank institutions for
funds. For instance, yields on corporate and government debt and equity securities affect the ability of commercial banks to attract and hold deposits. Mutual funds also
provide substantial  competition  to  banks  for  deposits.    Other  entities,  both  governmental  and  in  private  industry,  raise  capital  through  the  issuance  and  sale  of  debt  and
equity securities and indirectly compete with the Bank in the acquisition of deposits.

Financial holding companies may engage in banking as well as types of securities, insurance, and other financial activities.  Banks with or without holding companies also
may establish and operate financial subsidiaries that may engage in most financial activities in which financial holding companies may engage. Competition may increase as
bank holding companies and other large financial services companies expand their operations to engage in new activities and provide a wider array of products.

Monetary Policy
The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  affected  by  fiscal  and  monetary  policies  of  the  federal  government,  including  those  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  which  regulates  the
national  money  supply  in  order  to  mitigate  recessionary  and  inflationary  pressures.  Among  the  techniques  available  to  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  are  engaging  in  open
market transactions  of  U.S.  Government  securities,  changing  the  discount  rate  and  changing  reserve  requirements  against  bank  deposits.  These  techniques  are  used  in
varying combinations to influence the overall growth of bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use may also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits.
The effect of governmental policies on the earnings of the Company and the Bank cannot be predicted.

Regulation, Supervision, and Governmental Policy
The following is a brief summary of certain statutes and regulations that significantly affect the Company and the Bank. A number of other statutes and regulations may
affect the Company and the Bank but are not discussed in the following paragraphs.

Bank Holding Company Regulation
The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Holding Company Act and, as such, is subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve. As a
bank holding company, the Company is required to furnish to the Federal Reserve annual and quarterly reports of its operations and additional information and reports. The
Company is also subject to regular examination by the Federal Reserve.

Under the Holding Company Act, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before (1) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control
of any class of voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after the acquisition, the bank holding company would directly or indirectly own or control more
than 5% of the class; (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (3) merging or consolidating with another bank holding
company.

10

 
 
 
                                            
 
 
 
 
 
Prior to acquiring control of the Company or the Bank, any company must obtain approval of the Federal Reserve. For purposes of the Holding Company Act, "control" is
defined as ownership of 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company or the Bank, the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors, or the
exercise of a controlling influence over management or policies of the Company or the Bank.

The Holding Company Act also limits the investments and activities of bank holding companies. In general, a bank holding company is prohibited from acquiring direct or
indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a company that is not a bank or a bank holding company or from engaging directly or indirectly in
activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, providing services for its subsidiaries, non-bank activities that are closely related to banking, and other
financially  related  activities.  The  activities  of  the  Company  are  subject  to  these  legal  and  regulatory  limitations  under  the  Holding  Company  Act  and  Federal Reserve
regulations.

The Change in Bank Control Act and the related regulations of the Federal Reserve require any person or persons acting in concert (except for companies required to make
application under the Holding Company Act) to file a written notice with the Federal Reserve before the person or persons acquire control of the Company or the Bank. The
Change in Bank Control Act defines "control" as the direct or indirect power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities or to direct the management or policies of
a bank holding company or an insured bank.

In general, bank holding companies that qualify as financial holding companies under federal banking law may engage in an expanded list of non-bank activities. Non-bank
and financially related activities of bank holding companies, including companies that become financial holding companies, also may be subject to regulation and oversight
by regulators other than the Federal Reserve. The Company is not a financial holding company, but may choose to become one in the future.

The Federal Reserve has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity, or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary, when
it has reasonable cause to believe that the continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of
any bank subsidiary of that holding company.

The  Federal  Reserve  has  adopted  guidelines  regarding  the  capital  adequacy  of  bank  holding  companies,  which  require  bank  holding  companies  to  maintain  specified
minimum ratios of capital to total assets and capital to risk-weighted assets. See "Regulatory Capital Requirements."

The Federal Reserve has the power to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Reserve has issued a
policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve's view that a bank holding company should pay cash
dividends only to the extent that the company's net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent
with the company's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition.

Bank Regulation
The Bank is a state chartered bank and trust company subject to supervision by the State of Maryland.  As a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is also subject
to  supervision  by  the  Federal  Reserve.    Deposits  of  the  Bank  are  insured  by  the  FDIC  to  the  legal  maximum.  Deposits,  reserves,  investments,  loans,  consumer  law
compliance,  issuance  of  securities,  payment  of  dividends,  establishment  of  branches,  mergers  and  acquisitions,  corporate  activities,  changes  in  control,  electronic  funds
transfers,  responsiveness  to community  needs, management practices,  compensation policies,  and other aspects of operations are subject to regulation by the appropriate
federal and state supervisory authorities. In addition, the Bank is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations which set forth specific restrictions and
procedural requirements with respect to extensions of credit (including to insiders), credit practices, disclosure of credit terms and discrimination in credit transactions.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Federal  Reserve  regularly  examines  the  operations  and  condition  of  the  Bank,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  its  capital  adequacy,  reserves,  loans,  investments,  and
management practices.  These  examinations  are  for  the  protection  of  the  Bank's  depositors  and  the  Deposit  Insurance  Fund.  In  addition,  the  Bank  is  required  to  furnish
quarterly and annual reports to the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve's enforcement authority includes the power to remove officers and directors and the authority to
issue cease-and-desist orders to prevent a bank from engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or violating laws or regulations governing its business.

The Federal Reserve has adopted regulations regarding capital adequacy, which require member banks to maintain specified minimum ratios of capital to total assets and
capital to risk-weighted assets. See "Regulatory Capital Requirements." Federal Reserve and State regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to the
Company. See “Note 11 –Stockholders’ Equity” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The  Bank  is  subject  to  restrictions  imposed  by  federal  law  on  extensions  of  credit  to,  and  certain  other  transactions  with,  the  Company  and  other  affiliates,  and  on
investments in their stock or other securities. These restrictions prevent the Company and the Bank's other affiliates  from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are
secured by specified collateral, and require those transactions to have terms comparable to terms of arms-length transactions with third persons. In addition, secured loans
and other transactions and investments by the Bank are generally limited in amount as to the Company and as to any other affiliate to 10% of the Bank's capital and surplus
and as to the Company and all other affiliates together to an aggregate of 20% of the Bank's capital and surplus. Certain exemptions to these limitations apply to extensions
of credit and other transactions between the Bank and its subsidiaries. These regulations and restrictions may limit the Company's ability to obtain funds from the Bank for
its cash needs, including funds for acquisitions and for payment of dividends, interest, and operating expenses.

Under Federal Reserve regulations, banks must adopt and maintain written policies that establish appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit secured by liens or
interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards;
prudent underwriting standards, including loan-to-value limits, that are clear and measurable; loan administration procedures; and documentation, approval, and reporting
requirements. A bank's real estate lending policy must reflect consideration of the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies (the "Interagency Guidelines")
adopted by the federal bank regulators. The Interagency Guidelines, among other things, call for internal loan-to-value limits for real estate loans that are not in excess of the
limits specified in the Guidelines. The Interagency Guidelines state, however, that it may be appropriate in individual cases to originate or purchase loans with loan-to-value
ratios in excess of the supervisory loan-to-value limits.

Sandy Spring Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Under the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital
levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned.
Assessment rates currently range from 1.5 to 40 basis points. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.  Deposit insurance
assessments are based on total assets less tangible equity.   The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to increase insurance assessments. Management cannot
predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

Regulatory Capital Requirements
The Federal  Reserve  establishes  capital  and leverage  requirements  for the Company and the Bank. Specifically,  the Company and the Bank are subject  to the following
minimum capital requirements: (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% ; (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of
8% ; and (4) a leverage ratio of 4%.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income, and limited amounts of
minority interests that are in the form of common stock. Additional Tier 1 capital includes other perpetual instruments historically included in Tier 1 capital, such as non-
cumulative perpetual preferred stock. The rule permits bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets to continue to include trust preferred
securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued before May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital, but not in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to certain restrictions.
Tier 2 capital consists of instruments that previously qualified in Tier 2 capital plus instruments that the rule has disqualified from Tier 1 capital treatment.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, a covered banking organization must maintain a "capital
conservation buffer" on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement began to phase in beginning in January 2016 at
0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019.  This buffer must consist  solely of Tier 1 Common
Equity and the buffer applies to all three measurements: Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 capital and total capital.

Supervision and Regulation of Mortgage Banking Operations
The Company's mortgage banking business is subject to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD"), the Federal Housing
Administration ("FHA"), the Veterans' Administration ("VA") and Fannie Mae with respect to originating, processing, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Those rules and
regulations, among other things, prohibit discrimination and establish underwriting guidelines, which include provisions for inspections and appraisals, require credit reports
on prospective borrowers, and fix maximum loan amounts. Lenders such as the Company are required annually to submit audited financial statements to Fannie Mae, FHA
and VA. Each of these regulatory entities has its own financial requirements. The Company's affairs are also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve, Fannie Mae,
FHA and VA at all times to assure compliance with the applicable regulations, policies and procedures. Mortgage origination activities are subject to, among others, the
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Fair Housing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and the Real Estate Settlement
Procedures  Act  and  related  regulations  that  prohibit  discrimination  and  require  the  disclosure  of  certain  basic  information  to  mortgagors  concerning  credit  terms  and
settlement  costs.  The  Company's  mortgage  banking  operations  also  are  affected  by  various  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  and  the  requirements  of  various  private
mortgage investors.

Community Reinvestment
Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of the entire community,
including low and moderate income neighborhoods.  The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, or limit an institution’s
discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community.  However, institutions are rated on their performance in
meeting the needs of their communities.  Performance is tested in three areas: (a) lending, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b)
investment,  to  evaluate  the  institution’s  record  of  investing  in  community  development  projects,  affordable  housing,  and  programs  benefiting  low  or  moderate income
individuals and businesses; and (c) service, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.  The CRA requires each federal
banking agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of
the community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit
facilities,  relocations,  mergers,  consolidations,  acquisitions  of  assets  or  assumptions  of  liabilities,  and  savings  and  loan  holding  company  acquisitions.    The  CRA  also
requires that all institutions make public, disclosure of their CRA ratings.  The Bank was assigned a “satisfactory” rating as a result of its last CRA examination.

Bank Secrecy Act
Under  the  Bank  Secrecy  Act  (“BSA”),  a  financial  institution  is  required  to  have  systems  in  place  to  detect  certain  transactions,  based  on  the  size  and  nature  of  the
transaction.  Financial  institutions  are  generally  required  to  report  cash  transactions  involving  more  than  $10,000  to  the  United  States  Treasury.  In  addition,  financial
institutions are required to file suspicious activity reports for transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects, or has reason to
suspect  involves  illegal  funds,  is  designed  to  evade  the  requirements  of  the  BSA,  or  has  no  lawful  purpose.  The  Uniting  and  Strengthening  America  by  Providing
Appropriate  Tools  Required  to  Intercept  and  Obstruct  Terrorism  Act,  commonly  referred  to  as  the  "USA  Patriot  Act"  or  the  "Patriot  Act”,  enacted  prohibitions  against
specified financial transactions and account relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence standards intended to prevent the use of the United States financial system for
money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The Patriot Act requires banks and other depository institutions, brokers, dealers and certain other businesses involved in
the transfer of money to establish anti-money laundering programs, including employee training and independent audit requirements meeting minimum standards specified
by  the  act,  to  follow  standards  for  customer  identification  and  maintenance  of  customer  identification  records,  and  to  compare  customer  lists  against  lists  of  suspected
terrorists,  terrorist  organizations  and  money  launderers.  The  Patriot  Act  also  requires  federal  bank  regulators  to  evaluate  the  effectiveness  of  an  applicant  in  combating
money laundering in determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (“Sarbanes-Oxley”)  established  a  broad  range  of  corporate  governance  and  accounting  measures  intended  to  increase  corporate
responsibility  and  protect  investors  by  improving  the  accuracy  and  reliability  of  disclosures  under  federal  securities  laws.  The  Company  is  subject  to  Sarbanes-Oxley
because it is required to file periodic reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Among other things, Sarbanes-Oxley, its implementing regulations
and related Nasdaq Stock Market rules have established membership requirements and additional responsibilities for the Company’s audit committee, imposed restrictions
on  the  relationship  between  the  Company  and  its  outside  auditors  (including  restrictions  on  the  types  of  non-audit  services  the  auditors  may  provide  to  the  Company),
imposed  additional  financial  statement  certification  responsibilities  for  the  Company’s  chief  executive  officer  and  chief  financial  officer,  expanded  the  disclosure
requirements for corporate insiders, required management to evaluate the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting, and
required the Company’s auditors to issue a report on its internal control over financial reporting.

Regulatory Restructuring Legislation    
The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in 2010, implements significant changes to the regulation of depository institutions.  The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial
Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve to take over the implementation of federal consumer financial protection and fair lending laws from the
depository institution regulators.  However, institutions of $10 billion or fewer in assets continue to be examined for compliance with such laws and regulations by, and to be
subject  to  the  primary  enforcement  authority  of,  their  primary  federal  regulator.   In addition,  the Dodd-Frank Act, among  other things,  requires changes in the way that
institutions  are  assessed  for  deposit  insurance,  requires  that  originators  of  securitized  loans  retain  a  percentage  of  the  risk  for  the  transferred  loans,  directs  the  Federal
Reserve to regulate pricing of certain debit card interchange fees, and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. 

Other Laws and Regulations
Some of the aspects of the lending and deposit business of the Bank that are subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC include reserve requirements and
disclosure requirements in  connection  with  personal  and  mortgage  loans  and  deposit  accounts.    In  addition,  the  Bank  is  subject  to  numerous  federal  and  state laws and
regulations that include specific restrictions and procedural requirements with respect to the establishment of branches, investments, interest rates on loans, credit practices,
the disclosure of credit terms, and discrimination in credit transactions.

Enforcement Actions
Federal statutes and regulations provide financial institution regulatory agencies with great flexibility to undertake an enforcement action against an institution that fails to
comply with regulatory requirements.  Possible enforcement actions range from the imposition of a capital plan and capital directive to civil money penalties, cease-and-
desist orders, receivership, conservatorship, or the termination of the deposit insurance.

Executive Officers
The following listing sets forth the name, age (as of February 23, 2018), principal position and recent business experience of each executive officer:

R. Louis Caceres, 55, Executive Vice President of the Bank. Mr. Caceres was made Executive Vice President of the Bank in 2002.  Prior to that, Mr. Caceres was a Senior
Vice President of the Bank. 

Ronald E. Kuykendall, 65, became Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company and the Bank in 2002.  Prior to that, Mr. Kuykendall was
General Counsel and Secretary of the Company and Senior Vice President of the Bank. 

Philip J. Mantua, CPA, 59, became Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank in 2004.  Prior to that, Mr. Mantua was Senior Vice
President of Managerial Accounting.

Ronda M. McDowell, 53, became an Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank in 2013. Prior to that, Ms. McDowell served as a Senior Vice President,
Loan Administration and Retail Senior Credit Officer of the Bank.

Joseph J. O'Brien, Jr., 54, became Executive Vice President for Commercial and Retail Banking on January 1, 2011.  Mr. O’Brien joined the Bank in July 2007 as Executive
Vice President for Commercial Banking.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John D. Sadowski, 54, became Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Bank on February 1, 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Sadowski served as a Senior Vice
President of the Bank.

Daniel J. Schrider, 53, became President of the Company and the Bank effective March 26, 2008 and Chief Executive Officer effective January 1, 2009.  Prior to that, Mr.
Schrider served as an Executive Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer of the Bank.

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS

Investing in the Company’s common stock involves risks. The investor should carefully consider the following risk factors before deciding to make an investment decision
regarding the Company’s stock. The risk factors may cause future earnings to be lower or the financial condition to be less favorable than expected. In addition, other risks
that the Company is not aware of, or which are not believed to be material, may cause earnings to be lower, or may deteriorate the financial condition of the Company.
Consideration should also be given to the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as in the documents incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

Changes in U.S. or regional economic conditions could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Company’s business activities and earnings are affected by general business conditions in the United States and in the Company’s local market area.  These conditions
include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, unemployment levels, consumer confidence and spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, and
the strength of the economy in the United States generally and in the Company’s market area in particular.  A favorable business environment is generally characterized by,
among other factors,  economic growth, efficient  capital markets, low inflation, low unemployment, high business and investor confidence, and strong business earnings.
Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on
the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; high unemployment, natural disasters; or a combination of these or other
factors. Economic pressure on consumers and uncertainty regarding continuing economic improvement may result in changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing
and savings habits.  A return to elevated levels of unemployment, declines in the values of real estate, or other events that affect household and/or corporate incomes could
impair the ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and reduce demand for banking products and services. 

The geographic concentration of the Company’s operations makes the Company susceptible to downturns in local economic conditions.
The Company’s commercial and commercial real estate lending operations are concentrated in central Maryland, Northern Virginia and Washington D.C. The Company’s
success depends in part upon economic conditions in these markets. Adverse changes in economic conditions in these markets could limit growth in loans and deposits,
impair the Company’s ability to collect amounts due on loans, increase problem loans and charge-offs and otherwise negatively affect performance and financial condition.
Declines in real estate values could cause some of the Company’s residential and commercial real estate loans to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose the
Company to a greater risk of loss in the event that the recovery on amounts due on defaulted loans is resolved by selling the real estate collateral.

The  Company’s  allowance  for  loan  losses  may  not  be  adequate  to  cover  its  actual  loan  losses,  which  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  financial  condition  and
results of operations.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An allowance  for  loan  losses  is  maintained  in  an  amount  that  is  believed  to  be  adequate  to  provide  for  probable  losses  inherent  in  the  portfolio.  The  Company  has an
aggressive program to monitor credit quality and to identify loans that may become non-performing; however, at any time there could be loans included in the portfolio that
may  result  in  losses,  but  that  have  not  been  identified  as  non-performing  or  potential  problem  credits.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  ability  exists  to  identify  all
deteriorating credits prior to them becoming non-performing assets, or that the Company will have the ability to limit losses on those loans that are identified. As a result,
future additions to the allowance may be necessary. Additionally, future additions may be required based on changes in the loans comprising the portfolio and changes in the
financial condition of borrowers, or as a result of assumptions by management in determining the allowance. Additionally, banking regulators, as an integral part of their
supervisory function, periodically review the adequacy of Company’s allowance for loan losses. These regulatory agencies may require an increase in the provision for loan
losses or to recognize further loan charge-offs based upon their judgments, which may be different from the Company’s. Any increase in the allowance for loan losses could
have a negative effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

If non-performing assets increase, earnings will be adversely impacted.
At  December  31,  2017,  non-performing  assets,  which  are  comprised  of  non-accrual  loans,  90  days  past  due  loans  and  other  real  estate  owned,  totaled  $31.6  million,  or
0.58%,  of  total  assets,  compared  to  non-performing  assets  of  $33.8  million,  or  0.66%  of  total  assets  at  December  31,  2016.  Non-performing  assets  adversely  affect  net
income in various ways. Interest income is not recorded on non-accrual loans or other real estate owned. The Company must record a reserve for probable losses on loans,
which is established through a current period charge to the provision for loan losses, and from time to time must write-down the value of properties in the Company’s other
real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such
as taxes, insurance  and maintenance  related  to other  real  estate  owned. Further,  the  resolution  of non-performing  assets  requires  the  active  involvement  of management,
which  can  distract  them  from  more  profitable  activity.  Finally,  if  the  estimate  for  the  recorded  allowance  for  loan  losses  proves  to  be  incorrect  and  the  allowance  is
inadequate, the allowance will have to be increased and, as a result, Company earnings would be adversely affected.  A downturn in the Company’s market areas  could
increase credit risk associated with the loan portfolio, as it could have a material adverse effect on both the ability of borrowers to repay loans as well as the value of the real
property or other property held as collateral for such loans.  There can be no assurance that non-performing loans will not increase in the future, or that the Company’s non-
performing assets will not result in further losses in the future.

The Company may be subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgage loans.
When  mortgage  loans  are  sold,  it  is  customary  to  make  representations  and  warranties  to  the  purchaser  about  the  mortgage  loans  and  the  manner  in  which  they  were
originated.  Whole  loan  sale  agreements  require  the  repurchase  or  substitution  of  mortgage  loans  in  the  event  the  Company  breaches  any  of  these  representations  or
warranties. In addition, there may be a requirement to repurchase mortgage loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default of the borrower on a
mortgage loan. The Company receives a limited number of repurchase and indemnity demands from purchasers as a result of borrower fraud and early payment default of
the  borrower  on  mortgage  loans.  The  Company  has  enhanced  its  underwriting  policies  and  procedures,  however,  these  steps  may  not  be  effective  or  reduce  the  risk
associated with loans sold in the past. If repurchase and indemnity demands increase materially, the Company’s results of operations could be adversely affected.

Any delays in the Company’s ability to foreclose on delinquent mortgage loans may negatively impact the Company’s business.
The origination of mortgage loans occurs with the expectation that if the borrower defaults then the ultimate loss is mitigated by the value of the collateral that secures the
mortgage loan. The ability to mitigate the losses on defaulted loans depends upon the ability to promptly foreclose upon the collateral after an appropriate cure period. In
some states, the large number of mortgage foreclosures that have occurred has resulted in delays in foreclosing. Any delay in the foreclosure process will adversely affect the
Company by increasing the expenses related to carrying such assets, such as taxes, insurance, and other carrying costs, and exposes the Company to losses as a result of
potential additional declines in the value of such collateral.

Changes in interest rates may adversely affect earnings and financial condition.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s net income depends to a great extent upon the level of net interest income. Changes in interest rates can increase or decrease net interest income and net
income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income earned on loans, investments, and other interest-earning assets, and the interest paid on interest-
bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is affected by changes in market interest rates, because different types of assets and liabilities may
react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price more quickly than interest-earning assets in a
period, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or re-price more quickly than interest-bearing
liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income.

Changes in market interest rates are affected by many factors beyond the Company’s control, including inflation, unemployment, money supply, international events, and
events in world financial markets. The Company attempts to manage its risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, re-pricing, and balances of
the  different  types  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities,  but  interest  rate  risk  management  techniques  are  not  exact.  As  a  result,  a  rapid  increase  or
decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on the net interest margin and results of operations. Changes in the market interest rates for types of products and
services in various markets also may vary significantly from location to location and over time based upon competition and local or regional economic factors. At December
31, 2017, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity simulation model projected that net interest income would decrease by 2.82% if interest rates immediately rose by 200 basis
points. The results of an interest rate sensitivity simulation model depend upon a number of assumptions which may not prove to be accurate. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to successfully manage interest rate risk.

The Company’s investment securities portfolio is subject to credit risk, market risk, and liquidity risk.
The investment securities  portfolio  has  risk  factors  beyond  the  Company’s  control  that  may  significantly  influence  its  fair  value.  These  risk  factors  include,  but  are  not
limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults of the issuers of the securities, lack of market pricing of the securities, and instability in the credit markets.
Lack of market activity with respect to some securities has, in certain circumstances, required the Company to base its fair market valuation on unobservable inputs. Any
changes  in  these  risk  factors,  in  current  accounting  principles  or  interpretations  of  these  principles  could  impact  the  Company’s  assessment  of  fair  value  and  thus  the
determination of other-than-temporary impairment of the securities in the investment securities portfolio. Investment securities that previously were determined to be other-
than-temporarily  impaired  could  require  further  write-downs  due  to  continued  erosion  of  the  creditworthiness  of  the  issuer.  Write-downs  of  investment securities would
negatively affect the Company’s earnings and regulatory capital ratios.

The Company is subject to liquidity risks.
Market conditions could negatively affect the level or cost of available liquidity, which would affect the Company’s ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and
deposit withdrawals,  meet  contractual  obligations,  and  fund  asset  growth  and  new  business  transactions  at  a  reasonable  cost,  in  a  timely  manner,  and  without  adverse
consequences. Core deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances are the Company’s primary source of funding. A significant decrease in the core deposits, an inability
to renew Federal Home Loan Bank advances, an inability to obtain alternative funding to core deposits or Federal Home Loan Bank advances, or a substantial, unexpected,
or prolonged change in the level or cost of liquidity could have a negative effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment in the carrying value of goodwill could negatively impact the Company’s earnings.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2017, goodwill totaled $85.8 million.  The Company has provisionally recognized approximately $264 million in additional goodwill in connection with
the  acquisition  of  WashingtonFirst,  which  was  completed  on  January  1,  2018.  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  purchase  price  paid  over  the  fair  value  of  the  net  assets
acquired in a business combination.  The estimated fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities may be subject to refinement as additional information relative
to  closing  date  fair  values  becomes  available  and  may  result  in  adjustments  to  goodwill  within  the  first  12  months  following  the  closing  date  of  the  acquisition.  The
Company expects to finalize the valuation by the end of the first quarter of 2018. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. There could be a requirement to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to the normal
annual assessment if there is a disruption in the Company’s business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, or sustained market capitalization declines. These
types of events and the resulting  analyses could  result  in goodwill impairment  charges  in the future,  which  would adversely  affect  the  results  of  operations.  A  goodwill
impairment charge  does  not  adversely  affect  regulatory  capital  ratios  or  tangible  capital.  Based  on  an  analysis,  it  was  determined  that  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s
reporting units exceeded the carrying value of their assets and liabilities and, therefore, goodwill was not considered impaired at December 31, 2017.

The Company depends on its executive officers and key personnel to continue the implementation of its long-term business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of
their services.
The Company believes that its continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of its management team and its ability to motivate and retain these
individuals and other key personnel. In particular, the Company relies on the leadership of its Chief Executive Officer, Daniel J. Schrider. The loss of service of Mr. Schrider
or one or more of the Company’s other executive officers or key personnel could reduce the Company’s ability to successfully implement its long-term business strategy, its
business  could  suffer  and  the  value  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  Leadership  changes  will  occur  from  time  to  time  and  the
Company cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur or whether the Company will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. The Company believes its
management team possesses valuable knowledge about the banking industry and the Company’s markets and that their knowledge and relationships would be very difficult
to replicate. Although the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have entered into employment agreements with the Company, it is possible that they may not
complete  the term  of their  employment  agreements  or  renew them  upon  expiration.  The  Company’s  success  also  depends  on  the  experience  of  its  branch managers and
lending officers and on their relationships with the customers and communities they serve. The loss of these key personnel could negatively impact the Company’s banking
operations.  The  loss  of  key  personnel,  or  the  inability  to  recruit  and  retain  qualified  personnel  in  the  future,  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,
financial condition or operating results.

The market price for the Company’s stock may be volatile.
The market price for the Company’s common stock  has fluctuated,  ranging between  $37.15 and $45.17 per  share  during  the  12  months  ended  December  31, 2017.  The
overall market and the price of the Company’s common stock may experience volatility. There may be a significant impact on the market price for the common stock due to,
among other things:

·
        past and future dividend practice;
·
        financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects;
·
        quarterly variations in operating results or the quality of the Company’s assets;
·
        operating results that vary from the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors;
·
        changes in expectations as to the future financial performance;
·
        announcements of innovations, new products, strategic developments, significant contracts, acquisitions and other material events by the Company or its

competitors;

·
        the operating and securities price performance of other companies that investors believe are comparable to the Company;
·
        future sales of the Company’s equity or equity-related securities;
·
                 the  credit,  mortgage  and  housing  markets,  the  markets  for  securities  relating  to  mortgages  or  housing,  and  developments  with  respect  to  financial

institutions generally; and

·
        changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions, such as interest or foreign exchange rates, stock, commodity or

real estate valuations or volatility or other geopolitical, regulatory or judicial events.

There can be no assurance that a more active or consistent trading market in the Company’s common stock will develop. As a result, relatively small trades could have a
significant impact on the price of the Company’s common stock.

18

 
 
 
 
Combining acquired businesses may be more difficult, costly or time consuming than expected and the anticipated benefits and cost savings of acquisitions may not be
realized.
The  success  of  the  Company’s  mergers  and  acquisitions,  including  anticipated  benefits  and  cost  savings,  will  depend,  in  part,  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  successfully
combine and integrate the acquired business in a manner that permits growth opportunities and does not materially disrupt existing customer relations nor result in decreased
revenues due to loss of customers. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of either company’s ongoing businesses
or  inconsistencies  in  standards,  controls,  procedures  and  policies  that  adversely  affect  the  combined  company’s  ability  to  maintain  relationships  with  clients,  customers,
depositors, employees and other constituents or to achieve the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the transaction. The loss of key employees could adversely affect the
Company’s ability to successfully conduct its business, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial results and the value of its common stock. If the
Company experiences difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of a transaction may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than
expected. As with any merger of financial institutions, there also may be business disruptions that cause the Company to lose customers or cause customers to remove their
accounts  from  the  Company  and  move  their  business  to  competing  financial  institutions.  Integration  efforts  will  also  divert  management  attention  and  resources.  These
integration matters could have an adverse effect on the Company during this transition period and for an undetermined period after completion of a transaction. It is possible
that the potential cost savings could turn out to be more difficult to achieve than anticipated. The cost savings estimates also depend on the ability to combine the businesses
in a manner that permits those cost savings to be realized. If the estimates turn out to be incorrect or there is an inability to combine successfully, the anticipated cost savings
may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

Market competition may decrease the Company’s growth or profits.
The  Company  competes  for  loans,  deposits,  and  investment  dollars  with  other  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  and  enterprises,  such  as  securities  firms,  insurance
companies, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage brokers, and private lenders, many of which have substantially greater resources than possessed by the Company.
Credit unions have federal tax exemptions, which may allow them to offer lower rates on loans and higher rates on deposits than taxpaying financial institutions such as
commercial  banks.  In  addition,  non-depository  institution  competitors  are  generally  not  subject  to  the  extensive  regulation  applicable  to  institutions  that  offer  federally
insured deposits. Other institutions may have other competitive advantages in particular markets or may be willing to accept lower profit margins on certain products. These
differences in resources, regulation, competitive advantages, and business strategy may decrease the Company’s net interest margin, increase the Company’s operating costs,
and may make it harder to compete profitably.

The Company operates in a highly regulated industry, and compliance with, or changes to, the laws and regulations that govern its operations may adversely affect the
Company.
The banking industry is heavily regulated. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect the federal deposit insurance funds and depositors, not shareholders. Sandy
Spring Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and by Maryland banking authorities. Sandy Spring Bancorp
is subject to regulation and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System. The burdens imposed by federal  and state  regulations  put banks at a
competitive disadvantage compared to less regulated competitors such as finance companies, mortgage banking companies, and leasing companies. Changes in the laws,
regulations,  and  regulatory  practices  affecting  the  banking  industry  may  increase  the  cost  of  doing  business  or  otherwise  adversely  affect  the  Company  and  create
competitive advantages for others. Regulations affecting banks and financial services companies undergo continuous change, and the Company cannot predict the ultimate
effect of these changes, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. Federal economic and monetary policy
may also affect the Company’s ability to attract deposits and other funding sources, make loans and investments, and achieve satisfactory interest spreads.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is limited by law.
The ability to pay dividends to shareholders largely depends on Sandy Spring Bancorp’s receipt of dividends from Sandy Spring Bank. The amount of dividends that Sandy
Spring  Bank  may  pay  to  Sandy  Spring  Bancorp  is  limited  by  federal  laws  and  regulations.  The  ability  of  Sandy  Spring  Bank  to  pay  dividends  is  also  subject  to  its
profitability, financial condition and cash flow requirements.  There is no assurance that Sandy Spring Bank will be able to pay dividends to Sandy Spring Bancorp in the
future.  The Company may limit the payment of dividends, even when the legal ability to pay them exists, in order to retain earnings for other uses. 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
Restrictions on unfriendly acquisitions could prevent a takeover of the Company.
The  Company’s  articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  contain  provisions  that  could  discourage  takeover  attempts  that  are  not  approved  by  the  board  of  directors.  The
Maryland General Corporation Law includes provisions that make an acquisition of the Company more difficult. These provisions may prevent a future takeover attempt in
which the shareholders otherwise might receive a substantial premium for their shares over then-current market prices.

These  provisions  include  supermajority  provisions  for  the  approval  of  certain  business  combinations  and  certain  provisions  relating  to  meetings  of  shareholders.  The
Company’s articles of  incorporation  also  authorize  the  issuance  of additional  shares  without  shareholder  approval on terms  or in circumstances  that  could deter a future
takeover attempt.

Future sales of the Company’s common stock or other securities may dilute the value and adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.
In many situations, the board of directors has the authority, without any vote of the Company’s shareholders, to issue shares of authorized but unissued stock, including
shares authorized and unissued under the Company’s equity incentive plans. In the future, additional securities may be issued, through public or private offerings, in order to
raise  additional  capital.  Any  such  issuance  would  dilute  the  percentage  of  ownership  interest  of  existing  shareholders  and  may  dilute  the  per  share  book  value  of  the
Company’s common stock. In addition, option holders may exercise their options at a time when the Company would otherwise be able to obtain additional equity capital on
more favorable terms.

Changes in tax laws may negatively impact the Company’s financial performance.
Changes in tax laws contained in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017, contain a number of provisions that could have an impact on the banking
industry, borrowers and the market for single family residential and multifamily residential real estate. Among the changes are: lower limits on the deductibility of mortgage
interest on single family residential mortgages; limitations on deductibility of business interest expense; and limitations on the deductibility of property taxes and state and
local income taxes. Such changes may have an adverse effect on the market for and valuation of single family residential properties and multifamily residential properties,
and on the demand for such loans in the future. If home ownership or multifamily residential property ownership become less attractive, demand for mortgage loans would
decrease. The value of the properties securing loans in the Company’s portfolio may be adversely impacted as a result of the changing economics of home ownership and
multifamily residential ownership, which could require an increase in the Company’s provision for loan losses, which would reduce its profitability and could materially
adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, certain borrowers could become less able to service their debts as a result of higher
tax obligations. These changes could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in accounting standards or interpretation of new or existing standards may affect how the Company reports its financial condition and results of operations.
From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the SEC change accounting regulations and reporting standards that govern the preparation of
the Company’s financial statements. In addition, the FASB, SEC, bank regulators and the
outside independent  auditors may revise their  previous interpretations  regarding  existing accounting  regulations and the application of these accounting standards. These
changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how to record and report the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, there
could be a requirement to apply a new or revised accounting standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements.

New capital rules that became effective in 2015 and 2016 generally require insured depository institutions and their holding companies to hold more capital.

20

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
On July  2,  2013,  the  Federal  Reserve  adopted  a  final  rule  for  the  Basel  III  capital  framework.  These  rules  substantially  amend  the  regulatory  risk-based  capital rules
applicable to the Company. The rules phase in over time beginning in 2015 and will become fully effective in 2019. The rules apply to the Company as well as to Sandy
Spring Bank. Under these rules, the Company’s minimum capital requirements are (i) a common Tier 1 equity ratio of 4.5%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital (common Tier 1 capital plus
Additional Tier 1 capital) of 6% and (iii) a total capital ratio of 8%. The Company’s leverage ratio requirement remains at the 4% level previously required. Beginning in
2016, a capital conservation buffer began to phase in over three years, ultimately resulting in a requirement of 2.5% on top of the common Tier 1, Tier 1 and total capital
requirements, resulting in a required common Tier 1 equity ratio of 7%, a Tier 1 ratio of 8.5%, and a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Failure to satisfy any of these three capital
requirements  will  result  in  limits  on  paying  dividends,  engaging  in  share  repurchases  and  paying  discretionary  bonuses.  These  limitations  will  establish  a  maximum
percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

The Company faces a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.
The  federal  Bank  Secrecy  Act,  the  Uniting  and  Strengthening  America  by  Providing  Appropriate  Tools  Required  to  Intercept  and  Obstruct  Terrorism  Act  of  2001  (the
"PATRIOT Act") and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and
file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Treasury Department to
administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant  civil money  penalties  for  violations  of those  requirements  and engages  in coordinated enforcement
efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. Federal
and state bank regulators also focus on compliance with Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering regulations. If the Company’s policies, procedures and systems are
deemed to be deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that the Company may acquire in the future are deficient, the Company would be
subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with
certain aspects of its business plan, including its acquisition plans, which would negatively impact the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure  to  maintain  and  implement  adequate  programs  to  combat  money  laundering  and  terrorist  financing  could  also  have  serious  reputational  consequences  for  the
Company.

The Company’s accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models.
The processes that the Company uses to estimate its inherent loan losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the
effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on its financial condition and results of operations, depends upon the use of analytical and forecasting models.
These models reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are adequate,
the models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. If the models that the Company uses for interest rate risk
and asset-liability management are inadequate, the Company may incur increased or unexpected losses upon changes in market interest rates or other market measures. If the
models that the Company uses for determining its probable loan losses are inadequate, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to support future charge-offs. If
the models that the Company uses to measure the fair value of financial instruments are inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments may fluctuate unexpectedly
or  may  not  accurately  reflect  what  the  Company  could  realize  upon  sale  or  settlement  of  such  financial  instruments.  Any  such  failure  in  the  Company’s  analytical  or
forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure  to  keep  up  with  technological  change  in  the  financial  services  industry  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  competitive  position  or
profitability.                                                                                        
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of
technology increases efficiency  and enables financial  institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Company’s future success depends, in part, upon its
ability  to  address  the  needs  of  its  customers  by  using  technology  to  provide  products  and  services  that  will  satisfy  customer  demands,  as  well  as  to  create additional
efficiencies in the Company’s operations. Many of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company
may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to
successfully  keep  pace  with  technological  change  affecting  the  financial  services  industry  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

21

 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risks and/or losses to the Company.
The Company’s risk management framework is comprised of various processes, systems and strategies, and is designed to manage the types of risk to which the Company is
subject, including, among others, credit, market, liquidity, interest rate and compliance. The Company’s framework also includes financial or other modeling methodologies
that involve management assumptions and judgment. The Company’s risk management framework may not be effective under all circumstances and may not adequately
mitigate any risk or loss to the Company. If the Company’s risk management framework is not effective, the Company could suffer unexpected losses and the Company’s
business,  financial  condition,  or  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected.  The  Company  may  also  be  subject  to  potentially  adverse  regulatory
consequences.

The Company’s information systems may experience an interruption or security breach.
The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. The Company, its customers, and other financial institutions with which
the Company interacts, are subject to ongoing, continuous attempts to penetrate key systems by individual hackers, organized criminals, and in some cases, state-sponsored
organizations. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management,
general  ledger,  deposit,  loan  and  other  systems,  misappropriation  of  funds,  and  theft  of  proprietary  Company  or  customer  data.  While  the  Company  has  policies  and
procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the possible failure, interruption or security breach of the Company’s information systems, there can be no assurance
that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failure, interruption or
security breach  of  the  Company’s  information  systems  could  damage  its  reputation,  result  in  a  loss  of  customer  business,  subject  the  Company  to  additional  regulatory
scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability.

Security  breaches  and  other  disruptions  could  compromise  the  Company’s  information  and  expose  the  Company  to  liability,  which  would  cause  its  business  and
reputation to suffer.
In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, the Company collects and stores sensitive data, including intellectual property, its proprietary business information and
that of the Company’s customers, suppliers and business partners, and personally identifiable information of its customers and employees, in the Company’s data centers and
on  its  networks.  The  secure  processing,  maintenance  and  transmission  of  this  information  is  critical  to  the  Company’s  operations  and  business  strategy.  Despite  the
Company’s  security  measures,  the  Company’s  information  technology  and  infrastructure  may  be  vulnerable  to  attacks  by  hackers  or  breached  due  to  employee  error,
malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise the Company’s networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost
or  stolen.  Any  such  access,  disclosure  or  other  loss  of  information  could  result  in  legal  claims  or  proceedings,  liability  under  laws  that  protect  the  privacy  of  personal
information, and regulatory penalties, disrupt the Company’s operations and the services it provides to customers, damage its reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in its
products and services, which could adversely affect the Company’s business, revenues and competitive position.

The reliance of the Company on third party vendors could expose it to additional cyber risk and liability.
The operation of the Company’s business involves outsourcing of certain business functions and reliance on third-party providers, which may result in transmission and
maintenance of personal, confidential, and proprietary information to and by such vendors.  Although the Company requires third-party providers to maintain certain levels
of  information  security,  such  providers  remain  vulnerable  to  breaches,  unauthorized  access,  misuse,  computer  viruses,  or  other  malicious  attacks  that  could ultimately
compromise sensitive information possessed by the Company.  Although the Company contracts to limit its liability in connection with attacks against third-party providers,
the Company remains exposed to risk of loss associated with such vendors.

The Company outsources certain aspects of its data processing to certain third-party providers which may expose it to additional risk.
The Company outsources certain key aspects of the Company’s data processing to certain third-party providers. While the Company has selected these third-party providers
carefully, it cannot control their actions. If the Company’s third-party providers encounter difficulties, including those which result from their failure to provide services for
any reason or their poor performance of services, or if the Company has difficulty in communicating with them, its ability to adequately process and account for customer
transactions could be affected, and the Company’s business operations could be adversely impacted. Replacing these third-party providers could also entail significant delay
and expense.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s third-party providers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security breaches. Threats to information
security  also  exist  in  the  processing  of  customer  information  through  various  other  third-party  providers  and  their  personnel.  The  Company  may  be  required  to  expend
significant additional resources to protect against the threat of such security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by such security breaches or
viruses.  To  the  extent  that  the  activities  of  the  Company’s  third-party  providers  or  the  activities  of  the  Company’s  customers  involve  the  storage  and  transmission  of
confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose the Company to claims, regulatory scrutiny, litigation and other possible liabilities.

The  Company  is  dependent  on  its  information  technology  and  telecommunications  systems  third-party  servicers  and  systems  failures,  interruptions  or  breaches  of
security could have an adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.
The  Company’s  business  is  highly  dependent  on  the  successful  and  uninterrupted  functioning  of  its  information  technology  and telecommunications  systems third-party
servicers. The Company outsources many of its major systems, such as data processing and deposit processing systems. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a
third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt the Company’s operations. Because the Company’s information
technology  and  telecommunications  systems  interface  with  and  depend  on  third-party  systems,  it  could  experience  service  denials  if  demand  for  such  services exceeds
capacity  or  such  third-party  systems  fail  or  experience  interruptions.  If  sustained  or  repeated,  a  system  failure  or  service  denial  could  result  in  a  deterioration  of  the
Company’s ability to provide customer service, compromise its ability to operate effectively, damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business and/or
subject  the  Company  to  additional  regulatory  scrutiny  and  possible  financial  liability,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial
condition and results of operations.

In addition, the Company provides its customers the ability to bank remotely, including online over the Internet. The secure transmission of confidential information is a
critical element of remote banking. The Company’s network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error,
natural disasters,  power  loss  and  other  security  breaches.  The  Company  may  be  required  to  spend  significant  capital  and  other  resources  to  protect  against  the  threat  of
security  breaches  and  computer  viruses,  or  to  alleviate  problems  caused  by  security  breaches  or  viruses.  Further,  the  Company  outsources  some  of  the  data  processing
functions used for remote banking, and accordingly it is dependent on the expertise and performance of its third-party providers. To the extent that the Company’s activities,
the activities  of its  customers,  or the  activities  of  the  Company’s  third-party  service  providers  involve  the  storage  and  transmission  of  confidential  information,  security
breaches and viruses could expose the Company to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also
cause existing  customers  to  lose  confidence  in  the  Company’s  systems  and  could  adversely  affect  its  reputation,  results  of  operations  and  ability  to  attract  and maintain
customers and businesses. In addition, a security breach could also subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, expose it to civil litigation and possible financial
liability and cause reputational damage.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Item 2. PROPERTIES

The Company’s headquarters is located in Olney, Maryland. As of December 31, 2017, Sandy Spring Bank owned 12 of its 42 full-service community banking centers and
leased the remaining banking centers. See Note 6–Premises and Equipment to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company  becomes  involved  in  litigation  arising  from  the  banking,  financial,  and  other  activities  it  conducts.  Management,  after
consultation  with  legal  counsel,  does  not  anticipate  that  the  ultimate  liability,  if  any,  arising  out  of  these  matters  will  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Company's  financial
condition, operating results or liquidity.

Item 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II

Item  5.  MARKET  FOR  THE  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY
SECURITIES

Stock Listing
Common shares of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SASR”.  At February 23, 2018 there were approximately
2,300 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare Shareholder Services, P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170

Dividends
The dividend amount is established by the board of directors each quarter. In making its decision on dividends, the board considers operating results, financial condition,
capital adequacy, regulatory requirements, shareholder returns, and other factors.  Shareholders received quarterly cash common dividends totaling $25.1 million in 2017,
$23.7 million in 2016, $22.4 million in 2015, $19.2 million in 2014 and $16.1 million in 2013. Dividends have increased from 2012 through 2017 due to the Company’s
improved operating results.   

Share Transactions with Employees
Shares  issued  under  the  employee  stock  purchase  plan,  which  was  authorized  on  July  1,  2011,  totaled  17,578  in  2017  and  23,779  in  2016,  while  issuances  pursuant  to
exercises of stock options and grants of restricted stock were 77,631 and 93,535 in the respective years.  Shares issued under the director stock purchase plan in 2017 and
2016 were not significant.

Quarterly Stock Information
The following table provides stock price activity and dividend payment information for the periods indicated:

2017

Stock Price Range

Quarter

Low

High

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

   Total

$

$

$

$

38.25  

38.15  

36.88  

38.23  

$

$

$

$

Per Share

Dividend

44.37  

45.17  

41.44  

42.85  

$

$

0.26  

0.26  

0.26  

0.26  
1.04  

Stock Price Range

Low

2016

High

$

$

$

$

24.36  

26.03  

27.74  

29.51  

$

$

$

$

27.43  

29.47  

31.28  

40.64  

Per Share

Dividend

$

$

0.24

0.24

0.24

0.26
0.98

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The Company’s 2015 stock repurchase program expired on August 31, 2017.  Under the recently expired repurchase program a total of 736,139 shares of common stock
were repurchased.

Shares repurchased pursuant to the stock repurchase program during the fourth quarter of 2017 were as follows:

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Period

October 1, 2017 through
October 31, 2017
November 1, 2017 through
November 30, 2017
December 1, 2017 through
December 31, 2017

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

Average Price Paid
per Share

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

Total number of Shares
Purchased as part of
Publicly Announced Plans
or Programs

Maximum Number that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total Return Comparison
The following graph and table show the cumulative total return on the common stock of the Company over the last five years, compared with the cumulative total return of a
broad stock market index (the Standard and Poor’s 500 Index or “S&P 500”), and a narrower index of Mid-Atlantic bank holding company peers with assets of $2 billion to
$7 billion.  The cumulative total return on the stock or the index equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2012, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid into
the stock or the index. The graph and table were prepared assuming that $100 was invested on December 31, 2012, in the common stock and the securities included in the
indexes.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Peer Group Index includes twenty publicly traded bank holding companies, other than the Company, headquartered in the Mid-Atlantic region and with assets of $2
billion  to  $7  billion.   The  companies  included  in  this  index  are:    Access  National  Corporation  (VA);  Bancorp,  Inc.  (DE);  Bryn  Mawr Bank Corporation (PA); Burke &
Herbert  Bank  &  Trust  Company  (VA);  Carter  Bank  &  Trust  (VA);  City  Holding  Company  (WV);  CNB  Financial  Corporation  (PA);  ConnectOne  Bancorp,  Inc.  (NJ);
Farmers National Banc Corp. (OH); First Bancorp (NC);  First Community Bancshares, Inc. (VA); HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. (NC); Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (NJ); Live
Oak Bancshares, Inc. (NC); Old Line Bancshares (MD); Peapack-Gladstone Financial Corporation (NJ); Peoples Bancorp Inc. (OH); Peoples Financial Services Corp. (PA);
Republic First Bancorp (PA); Revere Bank (MD); Southern BancShares, Inc. (NC); Southern National Bancorp of Virginia, Inc. (VA); Summit Financial Group, Inc. (WV);
Sun Bancorp, Inc. (NJ); TriState Capital Holdings, Inc. (PA); United Community Financial Corp. (OH); Univest Corporation of Pennsylvania (PA).  Returns are weighted
according to the issuer’s stock market capitalization at the beginning of each year shown.

26

 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plans
The following table presents the number of shares available for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans at December 31, 2017.

Plan category

 Equity compensation plans

approved by security holders

 Equity compensation plans not 

approved by security holders

 Total  

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
87,300

Weighted average exercise
 price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
$26.22

-

87,300

-

$26.22

27

Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
 under equity compensation plans
  (excluding securities reflected in
the first column)
1,340,359

-

1,340,359

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Consolidated Summary of Financial Results
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Results of Operations:
Tax-equivalent interest income
Interest expense
Tax-equivalent net interest income
Tax-equivalent adjustment

Provision (credit) for loan losses
Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expenses
Income before taxes
Income tax expense
Net income

Per  Share Data:
Net income - basic per share
Net income - diluted per share
Dividends declared per common share
Book value per common share
Dividends declared to diluted net income per common share

Period End Balances:
Assets
Investment securities
Loans
Deposits
Borrowings
Stockholders’ equity

Average Balances:
Assets
Investment securities
Loans
Deposits
Borrowings
Stockholders’ equity

Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets
Return on average common equity
Yield on average interest-earning  assets
Rate on average interest-bearing liabilities
Net interest spread
Net interest margin
Efficiency ratio – GAAP  (1) 
Efficiency ratio – Non-GAAP  (1) 

Capital Ratios:
Tier 1 leverage
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
Total regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets
Tangible common equity to tangible assets - Non-GAAP (2)
Average equity to average assets

Credit Quality Ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to loans
Non-performing loans to total loans
Non-performing assets to total assets
Net charge-offs to average loans

$

$

$

$

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

202,258  
26,031  
176,227  
7,459  
2,977  
165,791  
51,243  
129,099  
87,935  
34,726  
53,209  

2.20  
2.20  
1.04  
23.50  
47.27 %

5,446,675  
775,025  
4,314,248  
3,963,662  
885,192  
563,816  

5,239,920  
813,601  
4,097,988  
3,849,186  
798,733  
550,926  

1.02 %
9.66  
4.08  
0.77  
3.31  
3.55  
58.68  
54.59  

9.24 %

10.84  
10.84  
11.85  
9.04  
10.51  

1.05 %
0.68  
0.58  
0.04  

177,267  
21,004  
156,236  
6,711  
5,546  
144,006  
51,042  
123,058  
71,990  
23,740  
48,250  

2.00  
2.00  
0.98  
22.32  
49.00 %

5,091,383  
779,648  
3,927,808  
3,577,544  
945,119  
533,572  

4,743,375  
740,519  
3,677,662  
3,460,804  
717,542  
527,524  

1.02 %
9.15  
3.96  
0.68  
3.28  
3.49  
61.35  
58.66  

10.14 %
11.01
11.74
12.80
9.07
11.12

1.12 %
0.81  
0.66  
0.06  

$

$

$

$

164,790  
20,113  
144,677  
6,478  
5,371  
132,828  
49,901  
115,347  
67,382  
22,027  
45,355  

1.84  
1.84  
0.90  
21.58  
48.91 %

4,655,380  
841,650  
3,495,370  
3,263,730  
829,145  
524,427  

4,486,453  
883,143  
3,276,610  
3,184,359  
735,474  
519,671  

1.01 %
8.73  
3.91  
0.70  
3.21  
3.44  
61.32  
61.09  

10.60 %
12.17
13.13
14.25
9.66
11.58

1.17 %
0.99  
0.80  
0.07  

$

$

$

$

153,558  
18,818  
134,740  
5,192  
(163) 
129,711  
46,871  
120,800  
55,782  
17,582  
38,200  

1.53  
1.52  
0.76  
20.83  
50.00 %

4,397,132  
933,619  
3,127,392  
3,066,509  
764,432  
521,751  

4,194,206  
977,730  
2,917,514  
2,986,213  
662,111  
514,207  

0.91 %
7.43  
3.93  
0.69  
3.24  
3.45  
68.47  
62.48  

11.26 %

 n.a   

13.95
15.06
10.15
12.26

1.21 %
1.09  
0.85  
0.03  

154,639  
19,433  
135,206  
5,292  
(1,084) 
130,998  
47,511  
111,524  
66,985  
22,563  
44,422  

1.78  
1.77  
0.64  
19.98  
36.16 %

4,106,100  
1,016,609  
2,784,266  
2,877,225  
703,842  
499,363  

4,007,411  
1,063,247  
2,642,872  
2,889,875  
595,842  
487,836  

1.11 %
9.11  
4.15  
0.74  
3.41  
3.63  
62.86  
60.06  

11.32 %

 n.a   

14.42  
15.65  
10.37  
12.17  

1.39 %
1.44  
1.01  
0.12

(1)       See the discussion of the efficiency ratio in the section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations entitled “Operating Expense Performance.”
(2)       See the discussion of tangible common equity in the section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations entitled “Tangible Common Equity.”

28

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview
Net income  for  Sandy  Spring  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017  totaled    $53.2  million  ($2.20  per  diluted  share),
compared to net income of $48.3 million ($2.00 per diluted share) for the prior year. These results reflect the following events:

·
        Net income for 2017 included $5.6 million of additional tax expense and $2.6 million of post-tax expenses associated with the acquisition of WashingtonFirst

Bankshares, resulting in a reduction of earnings per share of approximately $0.34 cents per share for 2017.

·
        Total loans at December 31, 2017 increased 10% compared to the balance at December 31, 2016 due primarily to an 11% increase in commercial loans. Overall

the entire portfolio grew $386 million during the year.

·
        The net interest margin increased to 3.55% in 2017 compared to 3.49% in 2016.
·
        Combined noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing transaction account balances increased 10% to $1.9 billion at December 31, 2017 as compared to $1.8 billion at

December 31, 2016.

·
        The provision for loan losses was $3.0 million for 2017 compared to $5.5 million for 2016.  The provision for 2017 compared to 2016 decreased due to the effect

of the improvement in loan quality and a reduction in non-performing loans which offset the impact of loan growth during 2017.

·
        Non-interest income increased 4% for 2017 compared to 2016 exclusive of investment securities gains and gains from the prior year’s debt extinguishment.  The

increase was driven by increases in income from wealth management, insurance agency commissions and deposit service charges.

·
                 Non-interest expenses increased  5% for 2017 compared to the prior year. The current  year’s  expenses included  $4.3 million  in merger  expenses.  Excluding
penalties  due  to  the  prepayment  of  FHLB  advances  in  2017  and  2016  in  addition  to  the  merger  expense,  non-interest  expense  increased  3%  due  to  increased
compensation cost and FDIC insurance.

In 2017,  the  Mid-Atlantic  region  in  which  the  Company  operates  continued  to  experience  continued  improved  regional  economic  performance.  The  national  economy
improved  as  well  throughout  the  year.    Consumer  confidence  has  been  bolstered  by  certain  positive  economic  trends  such  as  lower  unemployment,  increased housing
metrics and solid performance in the financial markets.   These positive trends have been tempered by international economic concerns together with concerns over a lack of
wage  growth  and  the  rise  in  interest  rates.  These  factors  can  act  to  constrain  economic  activity  on  the  part  of  both  large  and  small businesses. Despite this challenging
business environment, the Company has experienced healthy loan growth while maintaining strong levels of liquidity, capital and credit quality.

The net interest margin increased to 3.55% in 2017 compared to 3.49% for 2016. Average loans increased 11%, compared to the prior year, while average total deposits
increased 11% compared to 2016.  Liquidity continues to remain strong due to borrowing lines with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and the Federal Reserve and the
size and composition of the investment portfolio.  At December 31, 2017, the Bank remained above all “well-capitalized” regulatory requirement levels. In addition, tangible
book value per common share increased 6% to $20.18 from $18.98 at December 31, 2016.  The Company’s credit quality remained strong as non-performing assets totaled
$31.6  million  at  December  31,  2017  compared  to  $33.8  million  at  December  31,  2016  due  to  a  decrease  in  non-performing  commercial  loans.  Non-performing  assets
represented  0.58%  of  total  assets  at  December  31,  2017  compared  to  0.66%  at  December  31,  2016.    The  ratio  of  net  charge-offs  to  average  loans  was  0.04%  for  2017,
compared to 0.06% for the prior year.

Total assets at December 31, 2017 increased 7% compared to December 31, 2016. Loan balances increased 10% compared to the prior year end due to increases of 11% in
residential mortgage and construction loans and 11% in commercial loans. The growth in commercial loans was driven by double digit increases in owner-occupied real
estate and investor real estate loans while the increase in mortgage loans was due primarily to growth in residential construction loans.  Customer funding sources, which
include  deposits  plus  other  short-term  borrowings  from  core  customers,  increased  10%  compared  to  balances  at  December  31,  2016.  The  increase  in  customer  funding
sources  was  driven  by  increases  of  18%  in  certificates  of  deposit,  11%  in  money  market  savings  and  10%  in  checking  accounts.  The  Company  utilizes  low cost  FHLB
borrowings  to  assist  in  the  management  of  the  net  interest  margin.  The  effect  on  the  net  interest  margin  partially  mitigates  the  increased  rates  offered  on  certificates  of
deposit and money market accounts to retain these deposit relationships in the expectation of higher interest rates.  During the same period, stockholders’ equity increased to
$563 million due to net income in 2017, which effect was somewhat offset by dividends paid to stockholders during 2017.

29

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Net interest income increased 13% compared to the prior year due to the effects of an 11% growth in average interest-earning assets with an increase of 12 basis points in the
yield while the rate on interest-bearing liabilities which grew 10% from the prior year increased 9 basis points over the same period.

Non-interest income, exclusive of investment securities gains of $1.3 million in 2017 and $1.9 million in 2016, as well as the $1.2 million gain in the prior year’s from debt
extinguishment,  increased  4%  for  2017  compared  to  2016.    This  was  due  to  increases  in  income  from  wealth  management,  insurance  agency  commissions  and  deposit
service charges during 2017 as compared to 2016.

Non-interest expenses increased 5% to $129.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $123.1 million for the prior year. A primary driver of expenses in
2017 was $4.3 million in merger expenses  related to the WashingtonFirst acquisition.  This expense was partially offset by the decrease in prepayment penalties of $1.9
million for the early payoff of high-rate FHLB advances as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.  Excluding the impact of the FHLB prepayment penalties from
the current and prior year’s results and the exclusion of merger expenses for 2017, non-interest expense increased 3%.

The tax rate reduction associated with the recently enacted tax reform legislation caused a revaluation of net deferred tax assets and resulted in $5.6 million of additional
income tax expense in the fourth quarter  of  2017.  This  additional  income  tax  expense  and merger  expenses,  net  of  tax, resulted  in a  reduction  of earnings  per share  of
approximately $0.34 per share for 2017. Pre-tax, pre-provision income, which adjusts for these items, increased 23% from full-year 2016 to full-year 2017 to a record $95.2
million.

Critical Accounting Policies
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States of America and
follow general practices within the banking industry.  Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the
financial  statements;  accordingly,  as  this  information  changes,  the  financial  statements  may  reflect  different  estimates,  assumptions,  and  judgments.    Certain  policies
inherently rely more extensively on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and as such may have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially
different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary for assets and liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair value.  A decline in
the value of assets required to be recorded at fair value will warrant an impairment write-down or valuation allowance to be established.  Carrying assets and liabilities at fair
value inherently results in greater financial statement volatility.  The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are
based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when readily available.  Management believes the following accounting policies are the
most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results:

·
       Allowance for loan losses;
·
       Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment;
·
       Accounting for income taxes;
·
       Fair value measurements;
·
       Defined benefit pension plan.

Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of the probable losses that are  inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The allowance is based on the basic
principle that a loss be accrued when it is probable that the loss has occurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. However, the determination of the allowance requires significant judgment, and estimates of probable
losses in the lending portfolio can vary significantly from the amounts actually observed. While management uses available information to recognize probable losses, future
additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in the composition of loans in the portfolio and changes in the financial condition of borrowers
as a result of changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, and independent consultants engaged
by  the  Company  periodically  review  the  loan  portfolio  and  the  allowance.    Such  reviews  may  result  in  additional  provisions  based  on  their  judgments  of  information
available at the time of each examination.

30

 
    
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
The Company’s allowance for loan losses has two basic components: a general allowance (ASC 450 reserves) reflecting historical losses by loan category, as adjusted by
several  factors  whose  effects  are  not  reflected  in  historical  loss  ratios,  and  specific  allowances  (ASC  310  reserves)  for  individually  identified  loans.    Each  of  these
components, and the allowance methodology used to establish them, are described in detail in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
report.  The amount of the allowance is reviewed monthly by the Risk Committee of the board of directors and formally approved quarterly by that same committee of the
board.

General  allowances  are  based  upon  historical  loss  experience  by  portfolio  segment  measured  over  the  prior  eight  quarters  and  weighted  equally.    The  historical  loss
experience is supplemented by the inclusion of quantitative risk factors to address various risk characteristics of the Company’s loan portfolio including:

·
        trends in delinquencies and other non-performing loans;
·
        changes in the risk profile related to large loans in the portfolio;
·
        changes in the categories of loans comprising the loan portfolio;
·
        concentrations of loans to specific industry segments;
·
        changes in economic conditions on both a local, regional and national level;
·
        changes in the Company’s credit administration and loan portfolio management processes; and
·
        quality of the Company’s credit risk identification processes. 

The general allowance comprised 91% of the total allowance at December 31, 2017 and 89% at December 31, 2016. The general allowance is calculated in two parts based
on an internal risk classification of loans within each portfolio segment.  Allowances on loans considered to be “criticized” and “classified” under regulatory guidance are
calculated separately from loans considered to be “pass” rated under the same guidance.  This segregation allows the Company to monitor the allowance applicable to higher
risk loans separate from the remainder of the portfolio in order to better manage risk and ensure the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses.

The portion  of the  allowance  representing  specific  allowances  is  established  on  individually  impaired  loans.  As a  practical  expedient,  for  collateral  dependent  loans, the
Company measures impairment based on fair value of the collateral less costs to sell the underlying collateral. For loans on which the Company has not elected to use a
practical  expedient  to  measure  impairment,  the  Company  will  measure  impairment  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the  loan’s
effective interest rate.  In determining the cash flows to be included in the discount calculation the Company considers the following factors that combine to estimate the
probability and severity of potential losses:

·
        the borrower’s overall financial condition;
·
        resources and payment record;
·
        demonstrated or documented support available from financial guarantors; and
·
        the adequacy of collateral value and the ultimate realization of that value at liquidation.

The specific allowance accounted for 9% of the total allowance at December 31, 2017 and 11% at December 31, 2016.  The estimated losses on impaired loans can differ
substantially from actual losses.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Asset Impairment
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but is assessed for
impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  Impairment assessment requires that the fair value
of each of the Company’s reporting units be compared to the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets, including goodwill. The Company’s reporting units were
identified based upon an analysis of each of its individual operating segments. If the fair values of the reporting units exceed their book values, no write-down of recorded
goodwill is required. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, an expense may be required to write-down the related goodwill to the proper carrying value.
The Company assesses for impairment of goodwill as of October 1 of each year using September 30 data and again at any quarter-end if any triggering events occur during a
quarter that may affect goodwill. Examples of such events include, but are not limited to, a significant deterioration in future operating results, adverse action by a regulator
or a loss of key personnel. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit requires the Company to use a degree of subjectivity. 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Under  current  accounting  guidance,  the  Company  has  the  option  to  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  the  existence  of  events  or  circumstances  leads  to  a
determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Based on the assessment of these qualitative factors, if it is
determined that the fair value of a reporting unit is not less than the carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment process, previously required, is unnecessary.
However, if it appears that the carrying  value exceeds  the fair  value  based on the qualitative  assessment,   the  first  step  of  the  two-step  process  must  be  performed.  The
Company has elected this accounting guidance with respect to its Community Banking, Investment Management and Insurance segments. At December 31, 2017 there was
no evidence of impairment of goodwill or intangibles in any of the Company’s reporting units.

Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because
the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Other intangible assets have finite lives and are
reviewed for impairment annually.  These assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line or sum-of-the-years basis over varying periods that initially
did not exceed 15 years.

Accounting for Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes by recording deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management exercises significant judgment in the evaluation of the amount
and timing of the recognition of the resulting tax assets and liabilities. The judgments and estimates required for the evaluation are updated based upon changes in business
factors and the tax laws. If actual results differ from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating the amount and timing of tax recognized, there can be no
assurance that additional expenses will not be required in future periods. The Company’s accounting policy follows the prescribed authoritative guidance that a minimal
probability  threshold  of  a  tax  position  must  be  met  before  a  financial  statement  benefit  is  recognized.  The  Company  recognized,  when applicable,  interest and penalties
related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  other  non-interest  expenses  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  Assessment  of  uncertain  tax  positions  requires  careful
consideration of the technical merits of a position based on management’s analysis of tax regulations and interpretations. Significant judgment may be involved in applying
the applicable reporting and accounting requirements.

Management expects that the Company’s adherence to the required accounting guidance may result in volatility in quarterly and annual effective income tax rates due to the
requirement that any change in judgment or measurement of a tax position taken in a prior period be recognized as a discrete event in the period in which it occurs. Factors
that could impact management’s judgment include changes in income, tax laws and regulations, and tax planning strategies.

Fair Value Measurements
The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with applicable accounting standards.  Significant financial instruments measured at
fair value on a recurring basis are investment securities available-for-sale, residential mortgages held for sale and commercial loan interest rate swap agreements.  Loans
where it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms are considered impaired loans and are measured
on a nonrecurring basis.

The Company  conducts  a  quarterly  review  for  all  investment  securities  that  have  potential  impairment  to  determine  whether  unrealized  losses  are  other-than-temporary.
Valuations for the investment portfolio are determined using quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, valuations are based on pricing
models, quotes for similar investment securities, and, where necessary, an income valuation approach based on the present value of expected cash flows. In addition, the
Company considers the financial condition of the issuer, the receipt of principal and interest according to the contractual terms and the intent and ability of the Company to
hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

The above accounting policies with respect to fair value are discussed in further detail in “Note 20-Fair Value” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

32

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has a qualified, noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan. The plan was frozen for existing entrants after December 31, 2007 and all benefit accruals for
employees were frozen  as  of  December  31,  2007  based  on  past  service.  Future  salary  increases  and  additional  years  of  service  will  no  longer  affect  the  defined  benefit
provided by the plan although additional vesting may continue to occur.

Several factors affect the net periodic benefit cost of the plan, including (1) the size and characteristics of the plan population, (2) the discount rate, (3) the expected long-
term rate of return on plan assets and (4) other actuarial  assumptions. Pension cost is  directly related  to the number of employees  covered by the plan and other factors
including salary, age, years of employment, and the terms of the plan. As a result of the plan freeze, the characteristics of the plan population should not have a materially
different  effect  in  future  years.  The  discount  rate  is  used  to  determine  the  present  value  of  future  benefit  obligations.  The  discount  rate  is  determined  by  matching  the
expected cash flows of the plan to a yield curve based on long term, high quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date, which is December 31
of each year. The discount rate is adjusted each year on the measurement date to reflect current market conditions. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is
based  on a  number  of  factors  that  include  expectations  of  market  performance  and  the  target  asset  allocation  adopted  in  the  plan  investment  policy.  Should  actual  asset
returns deviate from the projected returns, this can affect the benefit plan expense recognized in the financial statements.

33

 
 
 
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES

(Dollars in thousands and tax-equivalent)

Assets
Residential mortgage loans
Residential construction loans
Total mortgage loans
Commercial AD&C loans
Commercial investor real estate loans
Commercial owner occupied real estate loans
Commercial business loans
Leasing

Total commercial loans

Consumer loans
  Total loans (2)
Loans held for sale
Taxable securities
Tax-exempt securities (3)

Total investment securities
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
Federal funds sold
  Total interest-earning assets

Less:  allowance for loan losses
Cash and due from banks
Premises and equipment, net
Other assets
   Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing demand deposits
Regular savings deposits
Money market savings deposits
Time deposits
   Total interest-bearing deposits
Other borrowings
Advances from FHLB
Subordinated debentures
  Total interest-bearing liabilities

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
Other liabilities
Stockholders' equity
  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

Net interest income and spread
  Less: tax-equivalent adjustment
Net interest income

Interest income/earning assets
Interest expense/earning assets
  Net interest margin

2017

(1)

Interest

Average

Balances

  Annualized
Average

Yield/Rate

Average

Balances

Year Ended December 31,

2016

(1)

Interest

  Annualized

Average

Yield/Rate

2015

(1)

Interest

  Annualized

Average

Yield/Rate

Average

Balances

30,648  
6,292  
36,940  
14,844  
46,558  
38,759  
20,585  
-  
120,746  
16,934  
174,620  
279  
14,372  
12,550  
26,922  
410  
27  
202,258  

507  
216  
5,031  
7,502  
13,256  
337  
12,426  
12  
26,031  

$

$

$

$

$

873,278  
167,664  
1,040,942  
298,563  
1,040,871  
800,879  
457,802  
-  
2,598,115  
458,931  
4,097,988  
6,855  
517,375  
296,226  
813,601  
37,523  
2,581  
4,958,548  

(44,557) 
48,970  
53,947  
223,012  
5,239,920  

616,524  
322,856  
1,000,965  
651,610  
2,591,955  
133,356  
664,966  
411  
3,390,688  

1,257,231  
41,075  
550,926  
5,239,920  

$

$

176,227  
7,459  
168,768  

28,331  
5,169  
33,500  
13,199  
37,110  
33,837  
19,750  
-  
103,896  
15,596  
152,992  
387  
11,923  
11,747  
23,670  
213  
5  
177,267  

446  
182  
1,951  
5,582  
8,161  
290  
11,610  
943  
21,004  

$

826,089  
143,378  
969,467  
283,018  
812,896  
707,830  
453,148  
-  
2,256,892  
451,303  
3,677,662  
11,256  
461,973  
278,546  
740,519  
40,940  
876  
4,471,253  

(42,487) 
47,219  
53,386  
214,004  
4,743,375  

581,185  
300,035  
920,125  
558,355  
2,359,700  
120,711  
565,342  
31,489  
3,077,242  

1,101,104  
37,505  
527,524  
4,743,375  

$

$

156,263  
6,711  
149,552  

$

$

$

$

3.51 %  
3.75  
3.55  
4.97  
4.47  
4.84  
4.50  
-  
4.65  
3.72  
4.26  
4.06  
2.78  
4.24  
3.31  
1.09  
1.03  
4.08  

0.08 %  
0.07  
0.50  
1.15  
0.51  
0.25  
1.87  
2.94  
0.77  

3.31 %  

4.08 %  
0.53  
3.55 %  

25,251  
4,970  
30,221  
10,299  
32,073  
31,508  
17,926  
1  
91,807  
14,624  
136,652  
544  
15,016  
12,479  
27,495  
98  
1  
164,790  

418  
146  
1,364  
3,950  
5,878  
255  
13,081  
899  
20,113  

$

748,584  
134,486  
883,070  
225,022  
684,218  
641,798  
404,994  
27  
1,956,059  
437,481  
3,276,610  
13,571  
592,153  
290,990  
883,143  
37,761  
473  
4,211,558  

(38,732) 
46,719  
51,804  
215,104  
4,486,453  

532,578  
276,873  
860,399  
481,368  
2,151,218  
110,899  
589,575  
35,000  
2,886,692  

1,033,141  
46,949  
519,671  
4,486,453  

$

$

144,677  
6,478  
138,199  

$

$

$

$

3.43 %  
3.61  
3.46  
4.66  
4.57  
4.78  
4.36  
-  
4.60  
3.48  
4.16  
3.44  
2.58  
4.22  
3.20  
0.52  
0.50  
3.96  

0.08 %  
0.06  
0.21  
1.00  
0.35  
0.24  
2.05  
3.00  
0.68  

3.28 %  

3.96 %  
0.47  
3.49 %  

3.37 %
3.70  
3.42  
4.58  
4.69  
4.91  
4.43  
2.50  
4.69  
3.37  
4.17  
4.01  
2.54  
4.29  
3.11  
0.26  
0.23  
3.91  

0.08 %
0.05  
0.16  
0.82  
0.27  
0.23  
2.22  
2.57  
0.70  

3.21 %

3.91 %
0.47  
3.44 %

(1) Tax-equivalent income has been adjusted using the combined marginal federal and state rate of 39.88% for 2017, 2016 and 2015. The annualized taxable-equivalent adjustments utilized in
      the above table to compute yields aggregated to $7.5 million, $6.7 million and $6.5 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(2) Non-accrual loans are included in the average balances.
(3) Includes only investments that are exempt from federal taxes.

34

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income
The largest source of the Company’s operating revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on interest-earning assets and the interest
paid on interest-bearing liabilities. For purposes of this discussion and analysis, the interest earned on tax-advantaged loans and tax-exempt investment securities has been
adjusted  to  an  amount  comparable  to  interest  subject  to  normal  income  taxes.  The  result  is  referred  to  as  tax-equivalent  interest  income  and  tax-equivalent  net  interest
income. The following discussion of net interest income should be considered in conjunction with the review of the information provided in the preceding table.

2017 vs. 2016
Net interest income for 2017 was $168.8 million compared to $149.6 million for 2016 due to growth in earning assets coupled with the overall increase in the associated
yields on those assets. On a tax-equivalent basis, net interest income for 2017 was $176.2 million compared to $156.3 million for 2016. The preceding table provides an
analysis of net interest income performance that reflects a net interest margin that increased to 3.55% for 2017 compared to 3.49% for 2016.  Net interest income for 2017
included $1.1 million in interest recoveries on previously charged-off loans.  Exclusive of these recoveries the net interest margin would have been 3.53%.  Average interest-
earning  assets  increased  by  11%  while  average  interest-bearing  liabilities  increased  10%  in  2017.    The  growth  and  increased  rates  earned  on  the  interest-earning  assets
exceeded the growth and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, which resulted in the 13% in net interest income.  Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 14% in
2017 while the percentage of average noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits increased to 33% for 2017 compared to 32% for 2016.

2016 vs. 2015
Net interest income for 2016 was $149.6 million compared to $138.2 million for 2015. On a tax-equivalent basis, net interest income for 2016 was $156.3 million compared
to $144.7 million for 2015. The preceding table provides an analysis of net interest income performance that reflects a net interest margin that increased to 3.49% for 2016
compared to 3.44% for 2015.  Average interest-earning assets increased by 6% while average interest-bearing liabilities increased 7% in 2016.  Average noninterest-bearing
deposits increased 7% in 2016 while the percentage of average noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits also remained at 32% for 2016 compared to 2015.

35

 
 
 
 
 
Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income
The following table analyzes the reasons for the changes from year-to-year in the principal elements that comprise net interest income:

(Dollars in thousands and tax equivalent)
Interest income from earning assets:
  Residential mortgage loans
  Residential construction loans
  Commercial AD&C loans
  Commercial investor real estate loans
  Commercial owner occupied real estate loans
  Commercial business loans

Leasing

  Consumer loans

Loans held for sale
Taxable securities
Tax-exempt securities
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
Federal funds sold
Total interest income

Interest expense on funding of earning assets:

Interest-bearing demand deposits

  Regular savings deposits
  Money market savings deposits

Time deposits
  Other borrowings
  Advances from FHLB

Subordinated debentures

Total interest expense

  Net interest income

2017 vs. 2016

2016 vs. 2015

Increase

Or

Due to Change In Average:*

Increase

Or

Due to Change In Average:*

(Decrease)

Volume

Rate

(Decrease)

Volume

Rate

$

$

2,317  
1,123  
1,645  
9,448  
4,922  
835  
-  
1,338  
(108) 
2,449  
803  
197  
22  
24,991  

61  
34  
3,080  
1,920  
47  
816  
(931) 
5,027  
19,964  

$

$

1,645  
914  
744  
10,272  
4,493  
203  
-  
271  
(170) 
1,487  
747  
(19) 
13  
20,600  

61  
11  
184  
1,012  
34  
1,903  
(906) 
2,299  
18,301  

$

$

672  
209  
901  
(824) 
429  
632  
-  
1,067  
62  
962  
56  
216  
9  
4,391  

-  
23  
2,896  
908  
13  
(1,087) 
(25) 
2,728  
1,663  

$

$

3,080  
199  
2,900  
5,037  
2,329  
1,824  
(1) 
972  
(157) 
(3,093) 
(732) 
115  
4  
12,477  

28  
36  
587  
1,632  
35  
(1,471) 
44  
891  
11,586  

$

$

2,628  
322  
2,716  
5,879  
3,179  
2,111  
(1) 
455  
(86) 
(3,328) 
(530) 
9  
2  
13,356  

28  
10  
107  
688  
23  
(514) 
(97) 
245  
13,111  

$

$

452
(123)
184
(842)
(850)
(287)
-
517
(71)
235
(202)
106
2
(879)

-
26
480
944
12
(957)
141
646
(1,525)

* Variances that are the combined effect of volume and rate, but cannot be separately identified,  are allocated to the volume and rate variances

based on their respective relative amounts.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Income
2017 vs. 2016
The  Company's  total  tax-equivalent  interest  income  increased  14%  for  2017  compared  to  the  prior  year  as  average  loans  and  investments  and  their  associated  yields
increased during the year. In 2017, the average balance of the loan portfolio increased 11% and average investments increased 10% compared to the prior year.

The growth in the loan portfolio was primarily in the commercial investor real estate and owner occupied portfolios. These increases were driven by organic loan growth as
the  regional  economy  continued  to  improve.  The  yield  on  average  loans  increased  by  10  basis  points  compared  to  the  prior  year due to higher yields on the entire  loan
portfolio, as the commercial portfolio increased 5 basis points compared to the prior year. The yield on the portfolio benefited from the impact of multiple rate increases by
the  Federal  Reserve  during  the  year.    Exclusive  of  the  $1.1  million  in  interest  recoveries  recognized  during  2017,  the  yield  on  the  average  loan  portfolio  would  have
increased 8 basis points. 

The average yield on total investment securities increased 11 basis points while the average balance of the portfolio increased 10% in 2017 compared to 2016. The increase
in the yield on investments was driven primarily by the acquisition of higher yielding state and municipal securities during the year with excess available funding. As a
result, the average balance of the higher yielding state and municipal portfolio increased during the year as a percentage of the overall portfolio while the proportion of lower
yielding securities had decreased due to sales and normal amortization of mortgage-backed securities in 2016.

2016 vs. 2015
The Company's total tax-equivalent interest income increased 8% for 2016 compared to the prior year. The previous table shows that the increase in average loans more than
offset the decrease in earning asset yields with respect to the loan portfolio.

In 2016, the average balance  of the loan portfolio  increased  12%  compared  to the  prior  year.  This  increase  was driven  by organic  loan growth as the regional economy
improved.  Growth  occurred  primarily  in  the  commercial  investor  real  estate  and  residential  mortgage  portfolios.  The  yield  on  average  loans  decreased  by  1  basis  point
compared to the prior year due to lower yields on commercial loans.

The average yield on total investment securities increased 9 basis points while the average balance of the portfolio decreased 16% in 2016 compared to 2015. The increase in
the yield on investments was due primarily to a decline in the relative size of the lower-yielding mortgage-backed securities portfolio due in large part to the sale of $40
million of such securities to fund the prepayment of FHLB advances in the 2016. The average balance of the higher-yielding state and municipal portfolio reflected a decline
due to calls during 2016. This decline resulted in an increase to the relative size of this portfolio as a percentage of the overall portfolio.

Interest Expense
2017 vs. 2016
Interest expense increased by $5.0 million or 25% in 2017 compared to 2016. The increase in interest expense was driven by the increased cost of interest-bearing deposits
due to higher rates paid on money market savings deposits and the rates offered on certificates of deposit together combined with 10% growth in the average balances.  The
increases in average deposits were mainly comprised of $191 million or 11% in average noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts together with an increase
of $93 million or 17% in certificates of deposit as the Company offered higher rates on certificates of deposit to fund loan growth.  Additionally, average balances of money
market accounts increased $81 million or 9% and average balances of regular savings accounts increased $23 million or 8%  in 2017 compared to 2016.  Average balances
of Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased 18% and the average rates paid decreased 18 basis points in 2017 compared to 2016 due to the redemption of high-rate
advances during 2017 and 2016, which had a beneficial impact on the cost of funds as the average rate decreased 18 basis points.

2016 vs. 2015

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense increased by $0.9 million or 4% in 2016 compared to 2015. The increase in expense was due to the cost of interest-bearing deposits increasing primarily
due to higher rates offered on certificates of deposit together with growth in the average balances, while the average balances of Federal Home Loan Bank advances declined
4% and the average rates paid decreased 17 basis points due to the redemption of high-rate advances early in 2016. Average deposits increased 9% in 2016 compared to
2015.  This increase was primarily due to increases of $117 million or 7% in average noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts together with an increase of
$77  million  or  16%  in  certificates  of  deposit  as  the  Company  offered  higher  rates  on  certificates  of  deposit  to  fund  loan  growth.  Average  balances  of  regular  savings
accounts increased $23 million or 8% and average balances of money market accounts increased $60 million or 7% in 2016 compared to 2015.  

Interest Rate Performance
2017 vs. 2016
The Company’s net interest margin increased to 3.55% for 2017 compared to 3.49% for 2016 while the net interest spread increased to 3.31% in 2017 compared to 3.28% in
2016.  This increase is the result of interest-earning asset growth at increased yields which exceeded the increased rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities that grew at a lower
pace.

2016 vs. 2015
The Company’s net interest margin increased to 3.49% for 2016 compared to 3.44% for 2015 while the net interest spread increased to 3.28% in 2016 compared to 3.21% in
2015. This increase was driven by an increase in the yield on interest-earning assets as a result of loan growth and the migration of assets from lower-yielding investment
securities into higher-yielding loans.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Non-interest Income 
Non-interest income amounts and trends are presented in the following table for the years indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)

2017

2016

2015

$ Change

  % Change

$ Change

  % Change

2017/2016

2017/2016

2016/2015

2016/2015

Securities gains

Service charges on deposit accounts

Mortgage banking activities

  Service charges on deposit accountsWealth management income

  Mortgage banking activities

Insurance agency commissions

Income from bank owned life insurance

Visa check fees

Letter of credit fees

Extension fees

Other income

  Total non-interest income

  $

1,273   $

1,932   $

36   $

8,298  

2,734  

19,146  

6,231  

2,403  

4,827  

847  

568  

7,953  

4,049  

17,805  

5,408  

2,462  

4,674  

888  

559  

7,607  

3,114  

19,931  

5,176  

2,571  

4,652  

790  

503  

  $

4,916  
51,243   $

5,312  
51,042   $

5,521  
49,901   $

(659) 

345  

(1,315) 

1,341  

823  

(59) 

153  

(41) 

9  

(396) 
201  

(34.1) %     $

4.3  

(32.5) 

7.5  

15.2  

(2.4) 

3.3  

(4.6) 

1.6  

(7.5) 

0.4  

  $

1,896  

346  

935  

(2,126) 

232  

(109) 

22  

98  

56  

(209) 
1,141  

N/M %  

4.5  

30.0  

(10.7) 

4.5  

(4.2) 

0.5  

12.4  

11.1  

(3.8) 

2.3  

2017 vs. 2016
Total non-interest income was $51.2 million for 2017 compared to $51.0 million for 2016. The year ended December 31, 2017, included gains of $1.3 million on sales of
investment securities while the prior year included a $1.2 million gain on the extinguishment of subordinated debentures and $1.9 million in gains on the sales of investment
securities.  Excluding these gains, non-interest income increased 4% compared to the prior year primarily due to increases in wealth management income, insurance agency
commissions and deposit service charges.  Investment securities gains for the year were applied to offset penalties for prepayments of FHLB advances during the year as
part of the strategic management of the interest margin.

Service  charges  on  deposits  increased  in  2017  compared  to  2016  due  to  increases  in  commercial  analysis  fees,  ATM  and  point  of  service  fees.  Income from mortgage
banking activities decreased in 2017 compared to 2016 due to lower origination volumes compared to the prior year as a result of higher average interest rates and lower
bulk sales activity during the year.   Wealth management income is comprised of income from trust and estate services and investment management fees earned by West
Financial Services, the Company’s investment management  subsidiary. Trust services fees increased 10% compared to the prior year, due to higher recurring fees while
assets under trust and estate management increased 14% over the prior year.  Investment management fees in West Financial Services increased 12% for 2017 compared to
2016, due primarily to a 15% increase in assets under management from new client acquisitions and market activity.  Overall total assets under management increased to
$2.8 billion at December 31, 2017 compared to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2016.   Insurance agency commissions increased 15% in 2017 compared to 2016 due primarily
to higher commercial insurance income.  The current year also contained a full year’s income from the acquisition of an agency that occurred after mid-2016.   Income from
bank owned life insurance remained level in 2017 compared to the prior year. The Company invests in bank owned life insurance products in order to manage the cost of
employee benefit plans.  Investments totaled $95.7 million at December 31, 2017 and $93.3 million at December 31, 2016 and were well diversified by carrier in accordance
with defined policies and practices.  The average tax-equivalent yield on these insurance contract assets was 4.21% for 2017 compared to 4.44% for the prior year.   Other
non-interest income decreased  7.5% during the current  year compared  to the prior year which contained  the gain of $1.2 million  on the extinguishment  of $5 million  in
subordinated debentures.  The impact of the exclusion of this prior year gain was offset in the current year by increases in various miscellaneous fees and commissions.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 vs. 2015
Total non-interest income was $51.0 million for 2016 compared to $49.9 million for 2015. The drivers of non-interest income for 2016 were increases in securities gains and
income from mortgage banking activities. Income from mortgage banking activities increased in 2016 compared to 2015 due to higher volumes (including bulk sales) and
increased margins on loan sales compared to the prior year.  Wealth management income decreased 11% from the prior year primarily due to the sale of a portion of the
portfolio of assets under management in 2016. This resulted in a decrease in fees on sales of investment products and services as compared to the prior year.   However, trust
services  fees  increased  4%  compared  to  the  prior  year,  due  to  higher  one-time  fees  while  assets  under  management  increased  4%  over  the  prior  year.    Investment
management fees in West Financial Services increased 6% for 2016 compared to 2015, due to a 12% increase in assets under management due to new client acquisitions and
market activity.  Overall total assets under management decreased to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2016 compared to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2015.  Insurance agency
commissions increased in 2016 compared to 2015 as a result of higher income from commercial lines as a result of a late year agency acquisition and contingency fees that
more than offset a reduction from physicians’ liability policies. Service charges on deposits increased in 2016 compared to 2015 due increases in commercial fees and return
check  charges.  Income  from  bank  owned  life  insurance  decreased  in  2016  compared  to  the  prior  year  due  to  policy  proceeds  recognized  in  the  prior  year.  Investment
securities gains increased in 2016 compared to the prior year due to the sale of mortgage-backed ARM securities. The proceeds of these transactions were applied to prepay
FHLB advances in the first quarter of 2016.

Non-interest Expense
Non-interest expense amounts and trends are presented in the following table for the years indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)

 Salaries and employee benefits

 Occupancy expense of premises

 Equipment expenses

 Marketing 

 Outside data services

 FDIC insurance

 Amortization of intangible assets

 Litigation expenses

 Merger expenses

 Professional fees

 Other real estate owned

 Postage and delivery

 Communications 

 Loss on FHLB redemption

 Other expenses

Total non-interest expense

2017

2016

2015

  $

73,132   $

13,053  

71,354   $

12,960  

71,003   $

12,809  

7,015  

3,119  

5,486  

3,305  

101  

-  

4,252  

4,492  

17  

1,179  

1,502  

1,275  

6,883  

2,851  

5,377  

2,741  

130  

-  

-  

4,840  

19  

1,155  

1,583  

3,167  

6,071  

2,896  

5,023  

2,491  

372  

(3,869) 

-  

4,819  

76  

1,173  

1,587  

-  

  $

11,171  
129,099   $

9,998  
123,058   $

10,896  
115,347   $

2017/2016

$ Change

2017/2016

% Change

2016/2015

$ Change

2016/2015

% Change

1,778  

2.5  %     $

93  

132  

268  

109  

564  

(29) 

-  

4,252  

(348) 

(2) 

24  

(81) 

(1,892) 

1,173  
6,041  

0.7  

1.9  

9.4  

2.0  

20.6  

(22.3) 

N/M 

N/M 

(7.2) 

(10.5) 

2.1  

(5.1) 

(59.7) 

11.7  

4.9  

  $

351  

151  

812  

(45) 

354  

250  

(242) 

3,869  

-  

21  

(57) 

(18) 

(4) 

3,167  

(898) 
7,711  

0.5  %  

1.2  

13.4  

(1.6) 

7.0  

10.0  

(65.1) 

N/M 

N/M 

0.4  

(75.0) 

(1.5) 

(0.3) 

N/M 

(8.2) 

6.7  

2017 vs. 2016
Non-interest  expenses  totaled  $129.1  million  in  2017  compared  to  $123.1  million  in  2016.  This  increase  in  expenses  was  driven  by  merger  expenses  and  increased
compensation costs.

Salaries  and  employee  benefits,  the  largest  component  of  non-interest  expenses,  increased  in  2017  due  principally  to  higher  compensation  expenses  as  a  result  of  merit
increases. The average number of full-time equivalent employees was 729 in 2017 compared to 728 for 2016.  Occupancy expenses remained stable in 2017 compared to
2016 as increased rental expense was offset by lower building and grounds maintenance costs during the year.  Equipment expenses increased in 2017 compared to 2016 due
to  an  increase  in  equipment  service  costs.    Marketing  expense  for  2017  increased  compared  to  2016  as  a  result  of  focused  marketing  initiatives.  Outside  data  services
expense increased in 2017 compared to 2016 due to the increased cost of contractual services.  FDIC insurance expense increased in 2017 compared to 2016 due to loan
growth during the year.  Merger expenses associated with the acquisition of WashingtonFirst.  Other non-interest expenses increased in 2017 compared to 2016 driven by
the impact of asset dispositions related to the closure of two branch locations that occurred in late 2017.  Expenses for postage, communications and other real estate owned
expenses remained relatively stable for 2017 compared to the prior year.

2016 vs. 2015

40

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-interest expenses totaled $123.1 million in 2017 compared to $115.3 million in 2016. This increase in expenses was the result of prepayment penalties of $3.2 million
in  2016  for  the  early  payoff  of  $75  million  of  FHLB  advances  together  with  the  recapture  in  2015  of  $3.9  million  in  previously  accrued  litigation  expenses  and  a  $1.0
million charitable contribution to the Sandy Spring Bank Foundation, also in 2015.  Excluding these transactions, non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31,
2016 increased 1% over the prior year.  Salary and benefits expenses increased due higher compensation costs as a result of merit increases. Occupancy expenses increased
in 2015 compared to the prior year due to increased rental expenses. Equipment expenses increased due to higher software expense related to new systems implementations.
Outside data services increased due to new contract services to prevent bank card fraud.  FDIC insurance expense increased in 2016 compared to 2015 due loan growth
during the year. Amortization of intangible assets decreased due to the costs of prior year acquisitions being fully amortized during the year. Litigation expenses decreased
due to the settlement of all claims that were the subject of an adverse jury verdict originally rendered in 2014.  Other non-interest expenses increased in 2016 compared to
2015 after excluding the prepayment penalties of $3.2 million for the early payoff of high-rate FHLB advances in 2016 and the charitable contribution accrued in 2015. 
 Excluding these items, other non-interest expenses decreased  due largely to lower EFT losses in 2016 compared to 2015.  Expenses for  marketing and other real estate
remained essentially unchanged for 2016 compared to the prior year.

Operating Expense Performance
Management views the GAAP efficiency ratio as an important financial measure of expense performance and cost management.  The ratio expresses the level of non-interest
expenses as a percentage of total revenue (net interest income plus total non-interest income).  Lower ratios indicate improved productivity.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The Company also uses a traditional efficiency ratio that is a non-GAAP financial measure of operating expense control and efficiency of operations.  Management believes
that its traditional ratio better focuses attention on the operating performance of the Company over time than does a GAAP ratio, and is highly useful in comparing period-
to-period operating performance of the Company’s core business operations.  It is used by management as part of its assessment of its performance in managing non-interest
expenses.  However, this measure is supplemental, and is not a substitute for an analysis of performance based on GAAP measures.  The reader is cautioned that the non-
GAAP efficiency ratio used by the Company may not be comparable to GAAP or non-GAAP efficiency ratios reported by other financial institutions.

In general, the efficiency ratio is non-interest expenses as a percentage of net interest income plus non-interest income.  Non-interest expenses used in the calculation of the
non-GAAP efficiency ratio exclude goodwill impairment losses, the amortization of intangibles, and non-recurring expenses.  Income for the non-GAAP ratio includes the
favorable effect of tax-exempt income, and excludes securities gains and losses, which vary widely from period to period without appreciably affecting operating expenses,
and non-recurring  gains.  The measure  is different  from the GAAP efficiency  ratio, which also is presented in this report.  The GAAP measure is calculated  using  non-
interest  expense  and  income  amounts  as  shown  on  the  face  of  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.    The  GAAP  and  non-GAAP  efficiency  ratios  are  reconciled and
provided in the following table. The GAAP efficiency ratio improved for 2017 compared to the prior year as a direct result of the increase in net interest income. The non-
GAAP efficiency ratio also improved in 2017 compared to the prior year as a result of the 13% growth in net interest income while non-interest expense increased 5%.

In addition, the Company excludes certain specific expenses from net income as a measure of the level of recurring income before taxes. Management believes this provides
financial statement users with a useful metric of the run-rate of revenues and expenses which is readily comparable to other financial institutions. This measure is calculated
by adding (subtracting) the provision (credit) for loan losses, the provision for income taxes and merger expenses back to net income.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
GAAP and Non-GAAP Efficiency Ratios

(Dollars in thousands)
Pre-tax pre-provision pre-merger expense income:
Net income

Plus Non-GAAP adjustment:
Litigation expenses

  Merger expenses
Income taxes
Provision (credit) for loan losses
Pre-tax pre-provision pre-merger expense income

Efficiency ratio - GAAP basis:
Non-interest expenses

Net interest income plus non-interest income

Efficiency ratio - GAAP basis

Efficiency ratio - Non-GAAP basis:
Non-interest expenses

Less Non-GAAP adjustment:
  Amortization of intangible assets
Loss on FHLB redemption
Litigation expenses

  Merger expenses

Non-interest expenses - as adjusted

Net interest income plus non-interest income 

Plus Non-GAAP adjustment:
Tax-equivalent income
Less Non-GAAP adjustments:
Securities gains

  Gain on redemption of subordinated debentures

  Net interest income plus non-interest income - as adjusted

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

Year ended December 31,

$

$

$

$

53,209  

$

48,250  

$

45,355  

$

38,200  

$

44,422

-  
4,252  
34,726  
2,977  
95,164  

129,099  

220,011  

58.68% 

$

$

$

-  
-  
23,740  
5,546  
77,536  

123,058  

200,594  

$

$

$

(3,869) 
-  
22,027  
5,371  
68,884  

115,347  

188,100  

$

$

$

6,519  
-  
17,582  
(163) 
62,138  

120,800  

176,419  

-
-
22,563
(1,084)
65,901

111,524

177,425

$

$

$

61.35% 

61.32% 

68.47% 

62.86%

$

129,099  

$

123,058  

$

115,347  

$

120,800  

$

111,524

101  
1,275  
-  
4,252  
123,471  

220,011  

7,459  

1,273  
-  
226,197  

$

$

$

130  
3,167  
-  
-  
119,761  

200,594  

6,711  

1,932  
1,200  
204,173  

$

$

$

372  
-  
(3,869) 
-  
118,844  

188,100  

6,478  

36  
-  
194,542  

$

$

$

821  
-  
6,519  
-  
113,460  

176,419  

5,192  

5        
-  
181,606  

$

$

$

1,845
-
-
-
109,679

177,425

5,292

115
-
182,602

$

$

$

Efficiency ratio - Non-GAAP basis

54.59% 

58.66% 

61.09% 

62.48% 

60.06%

Income Taxes
The  Company  had  income  tax  expense  of  $34.7  million  in  2017,  compared  to  expense  of  $23.7  million  in  2016  and  $22.0  million  in  2015.  The  current  year’s  results
included $5.6 million in additional income tax expense from the revaluation of deferred tax assets as a result of the reduction in the corporate income tax rate under the
recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.  The resulting effective rates were 39% for 2017, 33% for 2016 and 33% for 2015. Exclusive of the impact of the additional tax
expense, the effective tax rate for 2017 would have been 33%. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION
The Company's total assets were $5.4 billion at December 31, 2017, increasing $355 million or 7% compared to $5.1 billion at December 31, 2016. Interest-earning assets
increased  $354 million  to  $5.2 billion  at  December  31, 2017 compared  to December  31, 2016. The increase  in interest-earning  assets  was primarily  due to organic  loan
growth and to a lesser extent an increase in investment securities during 2017.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
A comparison of loan portfolio for the years indicated is presented in the following table:

(Dollars in thousands)
Residential real estate:
  Residential mortgage
  Residential construction
Commercial real estate:
  Commercial owner occupied real estate
  Commercial investor real estate
  Commercial AD&C
Commercial Business
Consumer

Total loans

December 31,

2017

2016

Year-to-Year Change

Amount

%

Amount

%

$ Change

  % Change

$

$

921,435  
176,687  

857,196  
1,112,710  
292,443  
497,948  
455,829  
4,314,248  

21.4 %  
4.1  

19.9  
25.8  
6.8  
11.5  
10.5  
100.0 %  

$

$

841,692  
150,229  

775,552  
928,113  
308,279  
467,286  
456,657  
3,927,808  

21.4 %  
3.8  

19.8  
23.6  
7.9  
11.9  
11.6  
100.0 %  

$

$

79,743  
26,458  

81,644  
184,597  
(15,836) 
30,662  
(828) 
386,440  

9.5 %
17.6  

10.5  
19.9  
(5.1) 
6.6  
(0.2) 

9.8  

Total loans, excluding loans held for sale, increased $386 million or 10% at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. The commercial loan portfolio increased
by 11% to $2.5 billion at December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year end due to double-digit increases in investor real estate loans and owner occupied real estate loans.
These increases reflect the improving economy and the Company’s increased emphasis on growth in its commercial portfolio.

The  residential  real  estate  portfolio,  which  is  comprised  of  residential  construction  and  permanent  residential  mortgage  loans,  increased  11%  at  December  31,  2017
compared to December 31, 2016. Permanent residential mortgages, most of which are 1-4 family, increased 10% due to lower bulk sales of mortgage loans. The Company
generally  retains  adjustable  rate  mortgages  in  its  portfolio.  The  Company  also  retains  a  substantial  portion  of  its  fixed  rate  mortgage  originations  to  low  and  moderate
income borrowers in its portfolio.  The Company elected to sell $40 million and $32 million of these loans during 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Residential construction
loans increased 18% at December 31, 2017 compared to the balance at December 31, 2016 due to higher volume of such loans.  The consumer loan portfolio remained level
at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016.

Analysis of Loans
The trends in the composition of the loan  portfolio over the previous five years are presented in following table:

December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)
Residential real estate:

Residential mortgage
Residential construction

Commercial real estate:

Commercial owner occupied
Commercial investor
Commercial AD&C loans

Commercial business
Leases
Consumer

Total loans

$

$

2017

%

2016

%

2015

%

2014

%

2013

%

921,435  
176,687  

21.4  %    
4.1  

$

841,692  
150,229  

21.4  %    
3.8  

$

796,358  
129,281  

22.8  %    
3.7  

$

717,886  
136,741  

22.9  %    
4.4  

$

618,381  
129,177  

22.2  %  
4.7  

857,196  
1,112,710  
292,443  
497,948  
-  
455,829  
4,314,248  

19.9  
25.8  
6.8  
11.5  
-  
10.5  
100.0  %    

$

775,552  
928,113  
308,279  
467,286  
-  
456,657  
3,927,808  

19.8  
23.6  
7.9  
11.9  
-  
11.6  
100.0  %    

43

$

678,027  
719,084  
255,980  
465,765  
-  
450,875  
3,495,370  

19.4  
20.6  
7.3  
13.3  
-  
12.9  
100.0  %    

$

611,061  
640,193  
205,124  
390,781  
54  
425,552  
3,127,392  

19.5  
20.5  
6.6  
12.5  
-  
13.6  
100.0  %    

$

592,823  
552,178  
160,696  
356,651  
703  
373,657  
2,784,266  

21.3  
19.8  
5.8  
12.8  
-  
13.4  
100.0  %  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Loan Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivity
Loan maturities and interest rate characteristics for specific lending portfolios is presented in the following table:

(In thousands)
Residential construction loans
Commercial AD&C loans
Commercial business loans (1)
  Total

Rate Terms:
Fixed 

  Variable or adjustable

  Total

(1)  Loans not secured by real estate

At December 31, 2017
Remaining Maturities of Selected Credits in Years

1 or less

Over 1-5

Over 5

Total

$

$

$

$

139,082  
250,419  
278,947  
668,448  

68,677  
599,771  
668,448  

$

$

$

$

27,174  
30,848  
161,520  
219,542  

144,730  
74,812  
219,542  

$

$

$

$

10,431  
11,176  
57,481  
79,088  

56,767  
22,321  
79,088  

$

$

$

$

176,687
292,443
497,948
967,078

270,174
696,904
967,078

Investment Securities
The investment portfolio, consisting of available-for-sale and other equity securities, decreased 1% to $775 million at December 31, 2017, from $780 million at December
31, 2016.

Composition of Investment Securities
The composition of investment securities for the periods indicated is presented in the following table:

(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-Sale: (1)
  U.S. government agencies

State and municipal
  Mortgage-backed (2)
  Corporate debt
  Trust preferred
  Marketable equity securities

Total available-for-sale securities (3)

Held-to-Maturity and Other Equity
  U.S. government agencies

State and municipal
  Mortgage-backed (2)
  Corporate debt
  Other equity securities

Total held-to-maturity and other equity

2017

%

2016

%

2015

%

December 31,

$

106,568  
312,253  

300,040  
9,432  
1,002  
212  

729,507  

-  
-  

13.8  %   
40.3  

$

38.7  
1.2  
0.1  
0.0  

94.1  

-  
-  

121,790  
287,684  

312,711  
9,134  
1,012  
1,223  

733,554  

-  
-  

15.6  %   
36.9  

$

40.1  
1.2  
0.1  
0.2  

94.1  

-  
-  

108,400  
164,707  

316,696  
-  
1,023  
1,223  

592,049  

56,460  
149,537  

-  
-  
45,518  
45,518  
775,025

-  
-  
5.9  
5.9  
100.0 % 

-  
-  
46,094  
46,094  
779,648  

-  
-  
5.9  
5.9  
100.0 % 

168  
2,100  
41,336  
249,601  
841,650  

12.9 %
19.6  

37.6  
-  
0.1  
0.1  

70.3  

6.7  
17.8  

-  
0.3  
4.9  
29.7  
100.0 %

Total Securities (3)
(1)             At estimated fair value.
(2)             Issued by a U. S. Government Agency or secured by U.S. Government Agency collateral.
(3)             The outstanding balance of no single issuer, except for U.S. Government Agency securities, exceeded ten percent of stockholders' equity at December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015.

$

$

$

The investment portfolio from December 31, 2016 to December 31, ##D 90 days

Total past due
  Non-accrual loan

  Current loans

  Total loans

(In thousands)

Past due loans

  31-60 days

  61-90 days

  > 90 days

Total past due

  Non-accrual loans

  Current loans

  Total loans

Commercial Real Estate

Residential Real Estate

2017

Commercial

Commercial

AD&C

Commercial

Investor R/E

Commercial

Owner

Occupied R/E

Consumer

Residential

Mortgage

Residential

Construction

Total

$

$

$

$

6,703  

$

136  

$

5,575  

$

3,582  

$

2,967  

$

7,196  

$

177  

$

-  

1,402  

8,105  

39  

8,144  

$

-  

-  

136  

365  

501  

-  

-  

5,575  

-  

$

5,575  

$

-  

-  

2,967  

-  

$

2,967  

$

225  

890  

8,311  

1,449  

9,760  

$

-  

-  

177  

-  

177  

$

-  

496  

4,078  

400  

4,478  

2016

26,336

225

2,788

29,349

2,253

31,602

Commercial Real Estate

Residential Real Estate

Commercial

Commercial

AD&C

Commercial

Investor R/E

Commercial

Owner

Occupied R/E

Consumer

Residential

Mortgage

Residential

Construction

Total

5,833  

$

137  

$

8,107  

$

4,823  

$

2,859  

$

7,257  

$

195  

$

29,211

-  

1,185  

7,018  

39  

7,057  

$

-  

-  

137  

365  

502  

$

-  

-  

8,107  

395  

8,502  

$

-  

-  

2,859  

-  

$

2,859  

$

232  

560  

8,049  

475  

8,524  

$

-  

-  

195  

-  

195  

-  

744  

5,567  

637  

6,204  

2017

Commercial Real Estate

Residential Real Estate

Commercial

Commercial

AD&C

Commercial

Investor R/E

Commercial

Owner

Occupied R/E

Consumer

Residential

Mortgage

Residential

Construction

$

$

$

$

587  

$

-  

-  

587  
6,703  

490,658  
497,948  

Commercial

663  

672  

-  

1,335  
5,833  

460,118  
467,286  

$

$

$

-  

-  

-  

-  
136  

292,307  
292,443  

$

$

-  

-  

775  
5,575  

1,106,360  
1,112,710  

$

-  

-  

414  
3,582  

853,200  
857,196  

2016

775  

$

414  

$

2,107  

$

106  

-  

2,213  
2,967  

6,100  

3,103  

225  

9,428  
7,196  

$

$

-  

-  

-  

-  
177  

176,510  
176,687  

450,649  
455,829  

$

904,811  
921,435  

$

Commercial Real Estate

Residential Real Estate

Commercial

AD&C

Commercial

Investor R/E

Commercial

Owner

Occupied R/E

Consumer

Residential

Mortgage

Residential

Construction

896  

$

850  

$

1,479  

$

808  

$

-  

-  

896  
137  

1,206  

-  

2,056  
8,107  

744  

-  

2,223  
4,823  

1,104  

-  

1,912  
2,859  

3,969  

2,139  

232  

6,340  
7,257  

307,246  
308,279  

$

917,950  
928,113  

$

768,506  
775,552  

$

451,886  
456,657  

$

828,095  
841,692  

$

$

-  

-  

-  

-  
195  

150,034  
150,229  

86

232

2,489

31,932

1,911

33,843

Total

9,983

3,209

225

13,417
26,336

4,274,495
4,314,248

Total

8,665

5,865

232

14,762
29,211

3,883,835
3,927,808

$

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans are monitored for credit quality on a recurring basis.  The credit quality indicators used are dependent on the portfolio segment to which the loan relates.  Commercial
loans and non-commercial loans have different credit quality indicators as a result of the methods used to monitor each of these loan segments.

The credit quality indicators for commercial loans are developed through review of individual borrowers on an ongoing basis.  Each borrower is evaluated at least annually
with more frequent evaluation of more severely criticized loans.  The indicators represent the rating for loans as of the date presented based on the most recent credit review
performed.  These credit quality indicators are defined as follows:

Pass - A pass rated credit is not adversely classified because it does not display any of the characteristics for adverse classification.

Special mention – A special mention credit has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention.  If uncorrected, such weaknesses may result in deterioration
of the repayment prospects or collateral position at some future date.  Special mention assets are not adversely classified and do not warrant adverse classification.

Substandard –  A  substandard  loan  is  inadequately  protected  by  the  current  net  worth  and  payment  capacity  of  the  obligor  or  of  the  collateral  pledged,  if  any.    Loans
classified as substandard generally have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt.  These loans are characterized by the distinct
possibility of loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful – A loan  that  is  classified  as  doubtful  has  all  the  weaknesses  inherent  in  a  loan  classified  as  substandard  with  added  characteristics  that  the  weaknesses  make
collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values.

Loss – Loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuing to be carried as a loan is not warranted.  This classification is not
necessarily equivalent to no potential for recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not appropriate to defer a full write-off even though partial recovery may be effected
in the future. 

The following tables provide information by credit risk rating indicators for each segment of the commercial loan portfolio at December 31 for the years indicated:

(In thousands)
  Pass

Special Mention
Substandard

  Doubtful
Total

(In thousands)

Pass
Special Mention
Substandard

  Doubtful
Total

2017
Commercial Real Estate

Commercial

Commercial
AD&C

Commercial
Investor R/E

$

$

$

$

482,924  
2,443  
12,581  
-  
497,948  

Commercial

442,725  
10,010  
14,551  
-  
467,286  

$

$

$

$

292,307  
-  
136  
-  
292,443  

$

$

1,103,480  
3,517  
5,713  
-  
1,112,710  

2016
Commercial Real Estate

Commercial
AD&C

Commercial
Investor R/E

308,142  
-  
137  
-  
308,279  

$

$

87

917,255  
2,395  
8,463  
-  
928,113  

Commercial
Owner
Occupied R/E

845,102  
5,505  
6,589  
-  
857,196  

Commercial
Owner
Occupied R/E

758,651  
9,255  
7,646  
-  
775,552  

$

$

$

$

Total

2,723,813
11,465
25,019
-
2,760,297

Total

2,426,773
21,660
30,797
-
2,479,230

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Homogeneous loan pools do not have individual loans subjected to internal risk ratings therefore, the credit indicator applied to these pools is based on their delinquency
status. The following tables provide information by credit risk rating indicators for those remaining segments of the loan portfolio at December 31 for the years indicated:

(In thousands)
  Performing
  Non-performing:

90 days past due

  Non-accruing
  Restructured loans

 Total  

(In thousands)
Performing
  Non-performing:

90 days past due

  Non-accruing
  Restructured loans

 Total  

2017

Residential Real Estate

Consumer

Residential

Mortgage

Residential

Construction

Total

452,862  

$

913,124  

$

176,510  

$

1,542,496

-  
2,967  
-  
455,829  

$

225  
7,196  
890  
921,435  

$

-  
177  
-  
176,687  

$

225
10,340
890
1,553,951

2016

Residential Real Estate

Consumer

Residential

Mortgage

Residential

Construction

Total

453,798  

$

833,643  

$

150,034  

$

1,437,475

-  
2,859  
-  
456,657  

$

232  
7,257  
560  
841,692  

$

-  
195  
-  
150,229  

$

232
10,311
560
1,448,578

$

$

$

$

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company restructured $2.1 million in loans that were designated as troubled debt restructurings.  Modifications consisted
principally of interest rate concessions.  No modifications resulted in the reduction of the principal in the associated loan balances.  Restructured loans are subject to periodic
credit  reviews to determine  the necessity  and adequacy of a specific loan loss allowance based on the collectability  of the recorded investment  in the restructured  loan. 
Loans restructured during 2017 have specific reserves of $0.2 million at December 31, 2017.  For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company restructured $0.6 million
in loans.  Modifications consisted principally of interest rate concessions and no modifications resulted in the reduction of the recorded investment in the associated loan
balances.  Loans restructured during 2016 did not have significant specific reserves at December 31, 2016.

The following table provides the amounts of the restructured loans at the date of restructuring for specific segments of the loan portfolio during the period indicated:

(In thousands)
Troubled debt restructurings
  Restructured accruing
  Restructured non-accruing
Balance

Specific allowance

Restructured and subsequently defaulted

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017
Commercial Real Estate

Commercial

Commercial
AD&C

Commercial
Investor R/E

Commercial
Owner

Occupied R/E  

All
Other
Loans

Total

$

$

$

$

492  
1,019  
1,511  

247  

-  

$

$

$

$

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  

$

$

$

$

88

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  

$

$

$

$

-  
540  
540  

-  

-  

$

$

$

$

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  

$

$

$

$

492
1,559
2,051

247

-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Troubled debt restructurings
  Restructured accruing
  Restructured non-accruing
Balance

Specific allowance

Restructured and subsequently defaulted

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016
Commercial Real Estate

Commercial

Commercial
AD&C

Commercial
Investor R/E

Commercial
Owner
Occupied R/E

All
Other
Loans

Total

$

$

$

$

42  
-  
42  

39  

-  

$

$

$

$

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  

$

$

$

$

-  
-  
-  

-  

479  

$

$

$

$

508  
-  
508  

-  

-  

$

$

$

$

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  

$

$

$

$

550
-
550

39

479

Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned totaled $2.3 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  At December 31, 2017, $1.5 million of the other real estate
owned was comprised of consumer mortgage loans. 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Presented in the following table are the components of premises and equipment at December 31:

(In thousands)
Land
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Equipment
  Total premises and equipment
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
  Net premises and equipment

2017

2016

$

$

10,160  
64,278  
37,452  
111,890  
(57,129) 
54,761  

$

$

10,160
62,215
35,152
107,527
(53,965)
53,562

Depreciation and amortization expense for premises and equipment amounted to $5.3 million, $5.3 million and $4.6 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017,
2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Total rental expense of premises  and equipment, net of rental  income,  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 2017, 2016 and  2015 was $7.9  million,  $7.6 million,  and $7.3
million, respectively. Lease commitments entered into by the Company bear initial terms varying from 3 to 15 years, or they are 20-year ground leases, and are associated
with premises.

Future minimum lease payments, including any additional rents due to escalation clauses, for all non-cancelable operating leases within the years ending December 31 are
presented in the table below:

(In thousands)

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Thereafter
  Total minimum lease payments

$

$

NOTE 7 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of intangible assets and goodwill are presented at December 31 in the following table:

(Dollars in thousands)

Amortizing intangible assets:

Other identifiable intangibles
  Total amortizing intangible assets

Goodwill

Gross

Carrying

Amount

2017

Accumulated

Amortization

Net

Carrying

Amount

$

$

$

786  

786  

$

$

(206) 

(206) 

85,768  

$

$

$

580  

580  

85,768  

90

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Life

13.1 years

Gross

Carrying

Amount

2016

Accumulated

Amortization

$

$

$

786  

786  

$

$

(106) 

(106) 

85,768  

Net

Carrying

Amount

$

$

$

680  

680  

85,768  

Operating
Leases

6,490

6,375

6,042

5,339

4,519

15,479
44,244

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Life

13.8 years

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the net carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the periods indicated:

(In thousands)

Balance December 31, 2015

Purchase of insurance agency

Balance December 31, 2016
  No Activity
Balance December 31, 2017

Community

Banking

Insurance

Investment

Management

Total

$

$

69,991  

-  
69,991  
-  
69,991  

$

$

5,191  

1,597  
6,788  
-  
6,788  

$

$

The following table presents the estimated future amortization expense for amortizing intangible assets within the years ending December 31:

(In thousands)

2018

2019

2020

2021

Thereafter

Total amortizing intangible assets

$

$

8,989  

-  
8,989  
-  
8,989  

$

$

Amount

84,171

1,597
85,768
-
85,768

95

83

66

60

276

580

NOTE 8  – DEPOSITS
The following table presents the composition of deposits at December 31 for the years indicated:

(In thousands)
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits:
  Demand
  Money market savings
  Regular savings

Time deposits of less than $100,000
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
Total interest-bearing deposits

Total deposits

2017

2016

1,264,392 

$

1,138,139

658,716 
1,030,432 
321,171 
293,201 
395,750 
2,699,270 
3,963,662 

$

615,058
927,837
310,471
258,621
327,418
2,439,405
3,577,544

$

$

Demand deposit  overdrafts  reclassified  as  loan  balances  were  $2.0  million  and  $1.3  million  at  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  respectively.    Overdraft  charge-offs  and
recoveries are reflected in the allowance for loan losses.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the maturity schedule for time deposits maturing within years ending December 31:

(In thousands)

2018

2019

2020

2021

Thereafter

Total time deposits

Amount

$

$

365,533

187,407

71,325

28,914

35,772

688,951

The Company's time deposits of $100,000 or more represented 9.0% of total deposits at December 31, 2017 and are presented by maturity in the following table:

(In thousands)
Time deposits--$100 thousand or more

3 or

Less

Over 3

to 6

Over 6

to 12

Over

12

Total

$

33,046  

$

68,127  

$

111,421  

$

183,156  

$

395,750

Months to Maturity

Interest expense on time deposits of $100,000 or more amounted to $4.5 million, $3.2 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,
respectively.

Deposits received  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  from  the  directors  and  officers  of  the  Company  amounted  to  $29.9  million  and  $26.7  million  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

NOTE 9 – BORROWINGS
Information relating to retail repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings is presented in the following table at and for the years ending December 31:

2017

2016

2015

(Dollars in thousands)

 Amount  

 Rate  

 Amount  

 Rate  

 Amount  

 Rate  

  Retail repurchase agreements

Average for the Year:
  Retail repurchase agreements
Maximum Month-end Balance:
  Retail repurchase agreements

$

$

$

119,359  

0.24 %  

133,356  

0.25 %  

147,459  

$

$

$

125,119  

0.24 %  

120,711  

0.24 %  

139,325  

$

$

$

109,145  

0.23 %

110,776  

0.23 %

128,511  

The Company pledges U.S. Agencies and Corporate securities, based upon their market values, as collateral for 102.5% of the principal and accrued interest of its retail
repurchase agreements.

At December 31, 2017, the Company has an available line of credit for $1.6 billion with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (the "FHLB") under which its borrowings
are limited to $1.6 billion based on pledged collateral at prevailing market interest rates with $765.8 million borrowed against it at December 31, 2017 .  At December 31,
2016, lines of credit totaled $1.4 billion under which $1.4 billion was available based on pledged collateral with $790.0 million borrowed against it as of December 31,
2016.  Under a blanket lien, the Company has pledged qualifying residential mortgage loans amounting to $805.7 million, commercial loans amounting to $1.2 billion, home
equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) amounting to $281.0 million and multifamily loans amounting to $83.0 million at December 31, 2017 as collateral under the borrowing
agreement with the FHLB.  At December 31, 2016 the Company had pledged collateral of qualifying mortgage loans of $725.1 million, commercial loans of $1.0 billion,
HELOC loans of $307.2 million and multifamily loans of $60.4 million under the FHLB borrowing agreement.  The Company also had lines of credit available from the
Federal Reserve and correspondent banks of $359.7 million and $369.4 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, collateralized by loans and state and municipal
securities.  In  addition,  the  Company  had  unsecured  lines  of  credit  with  correspondent  banks  of  $70.0  million  and  $70.0  million  at  December  31,  2017  and  2016.    At
December 31, 2017 there were no outstanding borrowings against these lines of credit.
Advances from FHLB and the respective maturity schedule at December 31 for the years indicated consisted of the following:

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Maturity:
  One year

Two years
Three years
Four years
Five years
  After five years
Total advances from FHLB

2017

2016

Amounts

$

$

575,000  
80,000  
100,833  
10,000  
-  
-  
765,833  

Weighted

Average

Rate

Amounts

Weighted

Average

Rate

1.43 %  
3.50  
3.13  
3.49  
-  
-  
1.89  

$

$

470,000  
150,000  
80,000  
80,000  
10,000  
-  
790,000  

0.65 %
2.40  
3.50  
3.54  
3.49  
-  
1.60  

NOTE 10 – SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
The Company formed Sandy Spring Capital Trust II (“Capital Trust”) to facilitate the pooled placement issuance of $35.0 million of trust preferred securities on August 10,
2004. In conjunction with this issuance, the Company issued subordinated debt to the Capital Trust.  In the second quarter of 2016, the Company repurchased $5 million
liquidation  value  of  the  trust  preferred  securities  issued  by  the  Capital  Trust,  which  allowed  the  Company  to  retire  $5  million  of  the  subordinated  debt.  The  Company
recognized a gain of $1.2 million on this transaction.  On January 6, 2017, the Company repurchased the remaining $30 million in subordinated debentures at par value. In
conjunction with this transaction, the Capital Trust redeemed its balance of $30 million of trust preferred securities that were outstanding at December 31, 2016.   

NOTE 11 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
The Company’s Articles of Incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of capital stock (par value $1.00 per share).  Issued shares have been classified as common stock.  The
Articles of Incorporation provide that remaining unissued shares may later be designated as either common or preferred stock.

The Company has a director stock purchase plan (the “Director Plan”) which commenced on May 1, 2004.  Under the Director Plan, members of the board of directors may
elect to use a portion (minimum 50%) of their annual retainer fee to purchase shares of Company stock.  The Company has reserved 45,000 authorized but unissued shares
of common stock for purchase under the plan.  Purchases are made at the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date.  At December 31, 2017, there were 25,291
shares available for issuance under the plan.

The  Company  has  an  employee  stock  purchase  plan  (the  “Purchase  Plan”)  which  was  authorized  on  July  1,  2011.    The  Company  has  reserved  300,000  authorized  but
unissued shares of common stock for purchase under the current version of the plan.  Shares are purchased at 85% of the fair market value on the exercise date through
monthly payroll deductions of not less than 1% or more than 10% of cash compensation paid in the month.  The Purchase Plan is administered by a committee of at least
three directors appointed by the board of directors.  At December 31, 2017, there were 138,577 shares available for issuance under this plan.

The  Company’s  2015  stock  repurchase  plan  expired  on  August  31,  2017.  The  program  permitted  the  repurchase  of  up  to  5%  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  shares  of
common stock or approximately 1,200,000 shares. Under the recently expired repurchase program a total of 736,139 shares of common stock were repurchased for a total
cost of $19.2 million. 

The Company has a dividend reinvestment plan that is sponsored and administered by Computershare Shareholder Services as independent agent, which enables current
shareholders  as  well  as  first-time  buyers  to  purchase  and  sell  common  stock  of  Sandy  Spring  Bancorp,  Inc.  directly  through  Computershare  at  low  commissions. 
Participants may reinvest cash dividends and make periodic supplemental cash payments to purchase additional shares. 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank and holding company regulations, as well as Maryland law, impose certain restrictions on dividend payments by the Bank, as well as restricting extensions of credit
and transfers of assets between the Bank and the Company. At December 31, 2017, the Bank could have paid additional dividends of $34.8 million to its parent company
without regulatory approval.  In conjunction with the Company’s long-term borrowing from Capital Trust, the Bank issued a note to Bancorp for $35.0 million, of which $30
million  was  outstanding  at  December  31,  2016.  The  loan  was  fully  repaid  during  2017.  There  were  no  other  loans  outstanding  between  the  Bank  and  the  Company  at
December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

NOTE 12 – SHARE BASED COMPENSATION
At December 31, 2017, the Company had two share-based compensation plans in existence, the 2005 Omnibus Stock Plan (“Omnibus Stock Plan”) and the 2015 Omnibus
Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Incentive Plan”).  The Omnibus Stock Plan expired during the second quarter of 2015 but has outstanding options that may still be exercised.  The
Omnibus Incentive Plan is described in the following paragraph.

The  Company’s  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  was  approved  on  May  6,  2015  and  provides  for  the  granting  of  non-qualifying  stock  options  to  the  Company’s  directors,  and
incentive and non-qualifying stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock grants, restricted stock units and performance awards to selected key employees on a
periodic basis at the discretion of the board.  The Omnibus Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 1,500,000 shares of common stock, of which 1,340,359 shares are
available for issuance at December 31, 2017, has a term of ten years, and is administered by a committee of at least three directors appointed by the board of directors. 
Options granted under the plan have an exercise price which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant and must be
exercised within seven to ten years from the date of grant.  The exercise price of stock options must be paid for in full in cash or shares of common stock, or a combination
of  both.    The  board  committee  has  the  discretion  when  making  a  grant  of  stock  options  to  impose  restrictions  on  the  shares  to  be  purchased  upon  the  exercise  of  such
options.  The Company generally issues authorized but previously unissued shares to satisfy option exercises. 

The fair values of all of the options granted for the periods indicated have been estimated using a binomial option-pricing model with the weighted-average assumptions for
the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:

Dividend yield
Weighted average expected volatility
Weighted average risk-free interest rate
Weighted average expected lives (in years)
Weighted average grant-date fair value

2017

2016

2015

2.45 %  
40.27 %  
2.14 %  
5.67  
$13.42  

3.48 %  
41.54 %  
1.42 %  
5.71  
$7.75  

3.40 %
42.98 %
1.42 %
5.42  
$7.63  

The dividend yield is based on estimated future dividend yields.  The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the share option is based on the U.S. Treasury
yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.  Expected volatilities are generally based on historical volatilities.  The expected term of share options granted is generally
derived from historical experience. The Company recognized forfeitures as they occur.

Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the respective stock option or restricted stock grant. Compensation expense of $2.1
million,  $1.9 million,  and  $1.9 million  was recognized  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2017, 2016  and  2015,  respectively,  related  to the awards  of stock options and
restricted stock grants.  The intrinsic value for the stock options exercised was $0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $0.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and
2015, respectively. The total of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was approximately $0.2 million as of December 31, 2017.  That cost is expected to
be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.8 years.  The total of unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock was approximately $4.3
million as of December 31, 2017.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.0 years.  The fair value of the options vested
during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the first quarter of 2017, 12,941 stock options were granted, subject to a three year vesting schedule with one third of the options vesting on April 1 st of each year.  The
Company granted 48,338 shares of restricted stock in the first quarter of 2017, which are subject to a five year vesting schedule with one fifth of the shares vesting on April
1 st of each year. An additional 6,873 shares of performance based restricted stock grants were also approved as part of the restricted shares granted in the first quarter. The
performance shares are subject to cliff vesting after three years based on the relative performance of the Company’s stock in comparison to a selected peer group. Vesting
can vary from 0-150% of the target grant based on the results of the Company’s stock  performance. There were no additional stock options or shares of restricted  stock
granted during the remainder of 2017.

A summary of share option activity for the period indicated is reflected in the following table:

Balance at January 1, 2017
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited or expired
Balance at December 31, 2017
Exercisable at December 31, 2017

Weighted average fair value of options

granted during the year

Number
of
Common
Shares

108,503  
12,941  
(30,567) 
(3,577) 
87,300  
56,815  

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Share Price
$
$
$
$
$
$

22.46  
42.48  
19.39  
30.07  
26.22  
22.42  

$

13.42  

Weighted
Average
Contractual
Remaining
Life(Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)

$

$

$
$

3.5  
2.5  

1,902

669

1,160
943

A summary of the activity for the Company’s restricted stock for the period indicated is presented in the following table:

(In dollars, except share data):
Restricted stock at January 1, 2017
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Restricted stock at December 31, 2017

Number
of
Common
Shares

212,646  
55,211  
(70,382) 
(8,440) 
189,035  

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
$
$
$
$
$

25.19
42.48
23.77
27.42
30.67

NOTE 13 – PENSION, PROFIT SHARING, AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Defined Benefit Pension Plan
The  Company  has  a  qualified,  noncontributory,  defined  benefit  pension  plan  (the  “Plan”)  covering  substantially  all  employees.  All  benefit  accruals  for  employees  were
frozen as of December 31, 2007 based on past service and thus future salary increases and additional years of service will no longer affect the defined benefit provided by
the plan although additional vesting may continue to occur.

The Company's funding policy is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended. In addition, the Company contributes additional amounts as it deems appropriate based on benefits attributed to service prior to the date of
the plan freeze. The Plan invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of managed fixed income and equity funds.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Plan’s funded status at December 31 is as follows:

(In thousands)
Reconciliation of Projected Benefit Obligation:

Projected obligation at January 1
Interest cost

  Actuarial loss (gain)
  Benefit payments

Increase related to change in assumptions
Projected obligation at December 31
Reconciliation of Fair Value of Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at January 1

  Actual return on plan assets
  Contribution
  Benefit payments

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

Funded status at December 31

Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31

Unrecognized net actuarial loss
  Net periodic pension cost not yet recognized

2017

2016

$

$

$

$
$

40,783  
1,640  
(32) 
(1,945) 
2,995  
43,441  

36,020  
4,971  
2,200  
(1,945) 
41,246  

(2,195) 

43,441  

12,487  
12,487  

$

$

$

$
$

39,416
1,657
251
(1,248)
707
40,783

30,683
755
5,830
(1,248)
36,020

(4,763)

40,783

13,689
13,689

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 are presented in the following table:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase

2017
3.65%
N/A

2016
4.15%
N/A

2015
4.26%
N/A

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:

(In thousands)

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
Expected return on plan assets
Recognized net actuarial loss
  Net periodic benefit cost

2017

2016

2015

$

$

1,640  
(1,985) 
1,181  
836  

$

$

1,657  
(1,614) 
1,164  
1,207  

$

$

1,629
(1,622)
1,032
1,039

96

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:

Discount rate
Expected return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increase

2017
4.15%
6.00%
N/A

2016
4.26%
5.00%
N/A

2015
3.91%
5.00%
N/A

The expected rate of return on assets of 6.00% reflects the Plan’s predominant investment of assets in equity securities and an analysis of the average rate of return of the
S&P 500 index and 10 year U. S. Treasury bonds over the past 10 years.

The  following  table  reflects  the  components  of  the  net  unrecognized  benefits  costs  that  is  reflected  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  for  the  periods
indicated.  Additions  represent  the  growth  in  the  unrecognized  actuarial  loss  during  the  period.    Reductions  represent  the  portion  of  the  unrecognized  benefits  that  are
recognized each period as a component of the net periodic benefit cost.

(In thousands)
Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at January 1, 2015

Additions during the year
Reclassifications due to recognition as net periodic pension cost
Decrease related to change in assumptions

Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2015

Additions during the year
Reclassifications due to recognition as net periodic pension cost
Increase related to change in assumptions

Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2016

Reductions during the year
Reclassifications due to recognition as net periodic pension cost
Increase related to change in assumptions

Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2017

Applicable tax effect

Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss net of tax effect at December 31, 2017

Amount expected to be recognized as part of net periodic pension cost in the next fiscal year

There are no plan assets expected to be returned to the employer in the next twelve months.

The following items have not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost at December 31:

Unrecognized
Net
Loss

14,774
1,955
(1,032)
(2,659)
13,038
1,108
(1,164)
707
13,689
(3,016)
(1,181)
2,995
12,487
(4,943)
7,544

679

$

$

$

(In thousands)
Net actuarial loss

Net periodic benefit cost not yet recognized

2017

2016

2015

$
$

12,487  
12,487  

$
$

13,689  
13,689  

$
$

13,038
13,038

97

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension Plan Assets
The Company’s pension plan weighted average allocations at December 31 are presented in the following table:

Asset Category:
Cash and certificates of deposit
Equity Securities
Mutual Funds
  Total pension plan assets

2017

2016

- %  

15.6  
84.4  
100.0 %  

2.6 %
71.2  
26.2  
100.0 %

The  Company  has  a  written  investment  policy  approved  by  the  board  of  directors  that  governs  the  investment  of  the  defined  benefit  pension  fund  trust  portfolio.    The
investment policy is designed to provide limits on risk that is undertaken by the investment managers both in terms of market volatility of the portfolio and the quality of the
individual  assets  that  are  held  in  the  portfolio.    The  investment  policy  statement  focuses  on  the  following  areas  of  concern:  preservation  of  capital,  diversification, risk
tolerance, investment duration, rate of return, liquidity and investment management costs.

The Company has constituted the Retirement Plans Investment Committee (“RPIC”) in part to monitor the investments of the Plan as well as to recommend to executive
management changes in the Investment Policy Statement which governs the Plan’s investment operations. These recommendations include asset allocation changes based on
a number of factors including the investment horizon for the Plan. The Company uses outside third parties to advise RPIC on the Plan’s investment matters.

Investment strategies and asset allocations are based on careful consideration of plan liabilities, the plan’s funded status and the Company’s financial condition. Investment
performance and asset allocation are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis. During 2017, management initiated a shift in target allocations for plan assets towards
fixed income securities in order to more closely align expected cash outflows with its funding source. This asset allocation has been set after taking into consideration the
Plan’s current frozen status and the possibility of partial plan terminations over the intermediate term.

Market volatility risk is controlled by limiting the asset allocation of the most volatile asset class, equities, to no more than 70% of the portfolio and by ensuring that there is
sufficient  liquidity  to  meet  distribution  requirements  from  the  portfolio  without  disrupting  long-term  assets.    Diversification  of  the  equity  portion  of  the  portfolio  is
controlled by limiting the value of any initial acquisition so that it does not exceed 5% of the market value of the portfolio when purchased.  The policy requires the sale of
any  portion  of  an  equity  position  when  its  value  exceeds  10%  of  the  portfolio.    Fixed  income  market  volatility  risk  is  managed  by  limiting  the  term  of  fixed  income
investments to five years.  Fixed income investments must carry an “A” or better rating by a recognized credit rating agency.  Corporate debt of a single issuer may not
exceed  10%  of  the  market  value  of  the  portfolio.    The  investment  in  derivative  instruments  such  as  “naked”  call  options,  futures,  commodities,  and  short  selling  is
prohibited.    Investment  in  equity  index  funds  and  the  writing  of  “covered”  call  options  (a  conservative  strategy  to  increase  portfolio  income)  are  permitted.    Foreign
currency-denominated debt instruments are not permitted. At December 31, 2017, management is of the opinion that there are no significant concentrations of risk in the
assets of the plan with respect to any single entity, industry, country, commodity or investment fund that are not otherwise mitigated by FDIC insurance available to the
participants  of the plan and  collateral  pledged  for  any  such  amount  that  may  not  be  covered  by  FDIC  insurance.    Investment  performance  is  measured  against  industry
accepted benchmarks.    The  risk  tolerance  and  asset  allocation  limitations  imposed  by  the  policy  are  consistent  with  attaining  the  rate  of  return  assumptions  used  in  the
actuarial  funding calculations.  The RPIC committee  meets  quarterly  to review  the  activities  of  the  investment  managers  to  ensure  adherence  with  the  Investment Policy
Statement.

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Values
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets by asset category at December 31 are presented in the following tables:

(In thousands)
Asset Category:
Money market funds
Mutual funds:
  Large cap U.S. equity funds
  Small/Mid cap U.S. equity funds

International equity funds
  Short-term fixed income funds
  Fixed income funds
Total mutual funds
  Total pension plan assets

(In thousands)
Asset Category:
Money market funds
Mutual funds:
  Large cap U.S. equity funds
  Small/Mid cap U.S. equity funds

International equity funds
  Short-term fixed income funds
Total mutual funds
  Total pension plan assets

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

2017

$

$

-  

$

-  

$

1,299  
-  
2,980  
-  
4,574  
8,853  
8,853  

$

1,309  
867  
-  
1,220  
28,997  
32,393  
32,393  

2016

$

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

-  

$

925  

$

7,189  
2,288  
2,053  
-  
11,530  
11,530  
99

$

10,168  
2,140  
1,806  
9,451  
23,565  
24,490  

$

$

$

Total

Total

-

2,608
867
2,980
1,220
33,571
41,246
41,246

925

17,357
4,428
3,859
9,451
35,095
36,020

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contributions
The  decision  as  to  whether  or  not  to  make  a  plan  contribution  and  the  amount  of  any  such  contribution  is  dependent  on  a  number  of  factors.  Such  factors  include  the
investment performance of the plan assets in the current economy and, since the plan is currently frozen, the remaining investment horizon of the plan. After consideration
of  these  factors,  the  Company  made  a  contribution  of  $2.2  million  in  2017.  Management  continues  to  monitor  the  funding  level  of  the  pension  plan  and  may  make
contributions as necessary during 2018.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments
Benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, that are expected to be paid for the years ending December 31 are presented in the following table:

(In thousands)
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023 - 2027

Pension
Benefits

$

2,510
2,000
1,800
2,560
2,450
13,890

Cash and Deferred Profit Sharing Plan
The Sandy Spring Bank 401(k) Plan includes a 401(k) provision with a Company match. The 401(k) provision is voluntary and covers all eligible employees after ninety
days  of  service.    Employees  contributing  to  the  401(k)  provision  receive  a  matching  contribution  of  100%  of  the  first  3%  of  compensation  and  50%  of  the  next  2%  of
compensation  subject to employee contribution  limitations.   The Company matching  contribution  vests immediately.   The Plan permits  employees to purchase shares of
Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. common stock with their 401(k) contributions, Company match, and other contributions under the Plan.  The Company’s matching contribution
to the 401(k) Plan that are included in non-interest expenses totaled $2.0 million, $2.0 million, and $2.0 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Executive Incentive Retirement Plan
The Executive Incentive Retirement Plan is a non-qualified deferred compensation defined contribution plan that provides for contributions to be made to the participants’
plan accounts based on the attainment of a level of financial performance compared to a selected group of peer banks. This level of performance is determined annually by
the  board  of  directors.    Benefit  costs  related  to  the  Plan  included  in  non-interest  expense  for  2017,  2016  and  2015  were  $0.4  million,  $0.3  million,  and  $0.2  million,
respectively.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14 – OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Selected components of other non-interest income and other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:

(In thousands)
 Letter of credit fees
 Extension fees
 Other income
  Total other non-interest income

(In thousands)

 Professional fees

 Other real estate owned
 Postage and delivery
 Communications 
 Loss on FHLB redemption
 Other expenses
  Total other non-interest expense

2017

2016

2015

847  
568  
4,916  
6,331  

$

$

888  
559  
5,312  
6,759  

$

$

2017

2016

2015

4,492  

$

4,840  

$

17  
1,179  
1,502  
1,275  
11,171  
19,636  

$

19  
1,155  
1,583  
3,167  
9,998  
20,762  

$

$

$

$

$

NOTE 15 – INCOME TAXES
The following table provides the components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31:

(In thousands)

Current income taxes:

Federal
State
  Total current
Deferred income taxes:
Federal
State
  Total deferred

  Total income tax expense

2017

2016

2015

$

$

22,355  
5,146  
27,501  

6,973  
252  
7,225  
34,726  

$

$

18,699  
4,692  
23,391  

516  
(167) 
349  
23,740  

$

$

The Company does not have uncertain tax positions that are deemed material, and did not recognize any adjustments for unrecognized tax benefits.

101

790
503
5,521
6,814

4,819

76
1,173
1,587
-
10,896
18,551

17,890
4,140
22,030

10
(13)
(3)
22,027

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities result in deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities, shown as the sum of the appropriate tax effect for each significant type of temporary difference, are presented in the following table at December 31 for the years
indicated:
(In thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets:
  Allowance for loan losses
  Employee benefits
Pension plan OCI

2016

2017

$

$

  Deferred loan fees and costs
  Non-qualified stock option expense
  Losses on other real estate owned
  Other than temporary impairment
  Loan and deposit premium/discount
  Reserve for recourse loans
  Merger Expenses
  Other

  Gross deferred tax assets

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
  Unrealized gains on investments available-for-sale

Pension plan costs

  Depreciation

Intangible assets

  Bond accretion
  Other

  Gross deferred tax liabilities
  Net deferred tax asset

12,024  
1,398  
3,318  
416  
429  
42  
217  
91  
133  
299  
7  
18,374  

17,517
2,034
5,433
457
555
43
322
187
199
-
9
26,756

(307) 
(2,735) 
(1,852) 
(1,264) 
(146) 
(204) 
(6,508) 
11,866  

$

(1,065)
(3,550)
(1,179)
(1,721)
(133)
(155)
(7,803)
18,953

$

The reconcilements between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective rate for the years ended December 31 are presented in the following table:

(Dollars in thousands)

2017

2016

2015

Income tax expense at federal statutory rate
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
  Tax exempt income, net
  Bank-owned life insurance

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits

Federal tax rate change

  Other, net

Total income tax expense and rate

$

Percentage of
Pre-Tax
Income

Amount

Percentage of
Pre-Tax
Income

Percentage of
Pre-Tax
Income

Amount

Amount

$

30,776  

35.0 %  

$

25,194  

35.0 %  

$

23,584  

35.0 %

(3,929) 

(841) 

3,508  

5,544  

(332) 
34,726  

(4.5) 

(0.9) 

4.0  

6.3  

(0.4) 
39.5 %  

$

(3,606) 

(862) 

2,965  

-  

49  
23,740  

(5.0) 

(1.1) 

4.1  

-  

-  
33.0 %  

$

(3,457) 

(900) 

2,687  

-  

113  
22,027  

(5.1) 

(1.3) 

4.0  

-  

0.1  
32.7 %

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Act) was enacted on December 22, 2017.  The Act reduces the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21 % for years beginning on or
after January 1, 2018.  The Company recorded a provisional amount to deferred tax expense of $5.5 million, which was primarily due to a re-measurement of deferred tax
assets and liabilities at the newly enacted rate. Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities were re-measured based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the
future, which is generally 21%. The Company is analyzing certain aspects of the Act along with the recently issued FASB guidance on reclassification of the tax effects
stranded in OCI, which could potentially affect the measurement of these balances or give rise to new deferred tax amounts.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTE 16 – NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
The calculation of net income per common share for the years ended December 31 is presented in the following table:

(Dollars and amounts in thousands, except per share data)

2017

2016

2015

 Net income

Basic:
Basic weighted average EPS shares

  Basic net income per share

Diluted:
Basic weighted average EPS shares
Dilutive common stock equivalents
  Dilutive EPS shares

  Diluted net income per share

Anti-dilutive shares

$

$

$

53,209  

$

48,250  

$

45,355

24,175  

24,120  

2.20  

$

2.00  

$

24,175  
32  
24,207  

24,120  
29  
24,149  

2.20  

$

2.00  

$

3  

3  

24,609

1.84

24,609
89
24,698

1.84

7

NOTE 17 – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as net income plus transactions and other occurrences that are the result of non-owner changes in equity.  For financial statements
presented  for  the  Company,  non-equity  changes  are  comprised  of  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  available-for-sale  debt  securities  and  any  minimum  pension  liability
adjustments.  These do not have an impact on the Company’s net income.  The following table presents the activity in net accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
for the periods indicated:

(In thousands)

Balance at January 1, 2015

Period change, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2015
Period change, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2016
Period change, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2017

Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on
Investments

   Available-for-Sale

Defined Benefit

Pension Plan

Total

8,078  

$

(1,512) 
6,566  
(4,924) 
1,642  
(955) 
687  

$

(8,901) 

1,038  
(7,863) 
(393) 
(8,256) 
712  
(7,544) 

$

$

(823)

(474)
(1,297)
(5,317)
(6,614)
(243)
(6,857)

$

$

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides the information on the reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the periods indicated:

(In thousands)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investments available-for-sale
Affected line item in the Statements of Income:

Investment securities gains
Income before taxes

  Tax expense
  Net income

Amortization of defined benefit pension plan items

Affected line item in the Statements of Income:
  Recognized actuarial gain (loss) (1)
Income before taxes (benefit)

  Tax expense (benefit)
  Net income (loss)

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

$

$

1,273  
1,273  
504  
769  

(1,181) 
(1,181) 
(467) 
(714) 

$

$

$

$

1,932  
1,932  
770  
1,162  

(651) 
(651) 
(258) 
(393) 

$

$

$

$

36
36
14
22

1,736
1,736
698
1,038

(1)This amount is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost, see Note 13

NOTE 18 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK AND DERIVATIVES
In the normal course of business, the Company has various outstanding credit commitments that are not reflected in the financial statements. These commitments are made
to satisfy the financing needs of the Company's clients. The associated credit risk is controlled by subjecting such activity to the same credit and quality controls as exist for
the Company's lending and investing activities. The commitments involve diverse business and consumer customers and are generally well collateralized.  Collateral held
varies,  but  may  include  residential  real  estate,  commercial  real  estate,  property  and  equipment,  inventory  and  accounts  receivable.    Commitments  do  not  necessarily
represent future cash requirements as a portion of the commitments have some reduced likelihood of being exercised.  Additionally, many of the commitments are subject to
annual reviews, material change clauses or requirements for inspections prior to draw funding that could result in a curtailment of the funding commitments.

A summary of the financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk is as follows at December 31 for the years indicated:

(In thousands)

Commercial real estate development and construction

Residential real estate-development and construction
Real estate-residential mortgage
Lines of credit, principally home equity and business lines
Standby letters of credit

   Total Commitments to extend credit and available credit lines

2017

2016

$

$

390,646  

$

130,751  
18,238  
1,044,949  
62,937  
1,647,521  

$

334,552

97,524
22,970
949,939
68,748
1,473,733

The Company has entered into interest rate swaps (“swaps”) to facilitate customer transactions and meet their financing needs. These swaps qualify as derivatives, but are
not designated as hedging instruments. Interest rate swap contracts involve the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. When the fair
value of a derivative instrument contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty or customer owes the Company, and results in credit risk to the Company.
When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is negative, the Company owes the customer or counterparty and therefore, has no credit risk.  The swap positions are
offset  to  minimize  the  potential  impact  on  the  Company’s  financial  statements.    Credit  risk  exists  if  the  borrower’s  collateral  or  financial  condition  indicates  that  the
underlying collateral or financial condition of the borrower makes it probable that amounts due will be uncollectible. Any amounts due to the Company will be expected to
be  collected  from  the  borrower.      Management  reviews  this  credit  exposure  on  a  monthly  basis.    At  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  all  loans  associated  with  the  swap
agreements were determined to be “pass” rated credits as provided by regulatory guidance and therefore no component of credit loss was factored into the valuation of the
swaps.  A summary of the Company’s interest rate swaps at December 31 for the years indicated is included in the following table:

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)

Interest Rate Swap Agreements:
  Pay Fixed/Receive Variable Swaps
  Pay Variable/Receive Fixed Swaps

     Total Swaps

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest Rate Swap Agreements:

Pay Fixed/Receive Variable Swaps

Pay Variable/Receive Fixed Swaps

     Total Swaps

Notional

Amount

Estimated

Fair Value

2017

Years to

Maturity

Receive

Rate

Pay

Rate

$

$

$

$

8,894  

8,894  

17,788  

Notional

Amount

9,433  

9,433  
18,866  

$

$

$

$

(707) 

707  

-  

5.2

5.2

5.2

2.54 %  

5.42 %  

3.98 %  

5.42 %

2.54 %

3.98 %

Estimated

Fair Value

2016

Years to

Maturity

Receive

Rate

Pay

Rate

(1,010) 

1,010  
-  

6.3

6.3

6.3

1.86 %  

5.38 %  

3.62 %  

5.38 %

1.86 %

3.62 %

The estimated fair value of the swaps at December 31 for the periods indicated in the table above were recorded in other assets and other liabilities.  The associated net gains
and losses on the swaps are recorded in other non-interest income.

NOTE 19 - LITIGATION
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject in the ordinary course of business to various pending or threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages
are asserted. After consultation with legal counsel, management does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these legal matters will have a material
adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, operating results or liquidity.

In 2014, as a result of an adverse jury verdict the Company accrued $ 6.5 million for litigation expenses associated with the actions of an employee from an institution that
was acquired in 2012.  During 2015, as a result of a settlement of all claims, including claims for a contribution from its insurer relating to this litigation, the Company
reversed $ 4.5 million in previously accrued litigation expenses.

NOTE 20 – FAIR VALUE
Generally accepted accounting principles provide entities the option to measure eligible financial assets, financial liabilities and commitments at fair value (i.e. the fair value
option), on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that are otherwise not permitted to be accounted for at fair value under other accounting standards.  The election to use the
fair value option is available when an entity first recognizes a financial asset or financial liability or upon entering into a commitment.  Subsequent changes in fair value
must be recorded in earnings.  The Company applies the fair value option on residential mortgage loans held for sale.  The fair value option on residential mortgage loans
allows the recognition of gains on sale of mortgage loans to more accurately reflect the timing and economics of the transaction.

The standard for fair value measurement establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives
the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs
(Level 3 measurements).  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below.

Basis of Fair Value Measurement:

Level 1- Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
Level  2-  Quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  or  inputs  that  are  observable,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  for  substantially  the  full  term  of  the  asset  or
liability;

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Level 3- Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e. supported by little or no
market activity). 

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 

Changes to interest rates may result in changes in the cash flows due to prepayments or extinguishments.  Accordingly, this could result in higher or lower measurements of
the fair values.

Assets and Liabilities
Mortgage loans held for sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are valued based on quotations from the secondary market for similar instruments and are classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. 

Investments available-for-sale

U.S. government agencies and mortgage-backed securities
Valuations are based on active market data and use of evaluated broker pricing models that vary based by asset class and includes available trade, bid, and other
market information.  Generally, the methodology includes broker quotes, proprietary models, descriptive terms and conditions databases coupled with extensive
quality control programs.  Multiple quality control evaluation processes review available market, credit and deal level information to support the evaluation of the
security.   If  there  is  a  lack  of  objectively  verifiable  information  available  to  support  the  valuation,  the  evaluation  of  the  security  is  discontinued.    Additionally,
proprietary models and pricing systems, mathematical tools, actual transacted prices, integration of market developments and experienced evaluators are used to
determine the value of a security based on a hierarchy of market information regarding a security or securities with similar characteristics.  The Company does not
adjust the quoted price for such securities.  Such instruments are generally classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

State and municipal securities
Proprietary  valuation  matrices  are  used  for  valuing  all  tax-exempt  municipals  that  can  incorporate  changes  in  the  municipal  market  as  they  occur.    Market
evaluation models include the ability to value bank qualified municipals and general market municipals that can be broken down further according to insurer, credit
support,  state  of  issuance  and  rating  to  incorporate  additional  spreads  and  municipal  curves.    Taxable  municipals  are  valued  using  a  third  party  model  that
incorporates a methodology that captures the trading nuances associated with these bonds.  Such instruments are generally classified within Level 2 of the fair value
hierarchy.

Trust preferred securities
In active markets, these types of instruments are valued based on quoted market prices that are readily accessible at the measurement date and are classified within
Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions are valued or adjusted to reflect illiquidity
and/or non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence.  In the absence of such evidence, management uses a process
that  employs  certain  assumptions  to  determine  the  present  value.  For  further  information,  refer  to  Note  3  –  Investments.  Positions  that  are  not  traded in active
markets or are subject to transfer restrictions are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. 

Interest rate swap agreements
Interest rate swap agreements are measured by alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency in markets that are not active.  Based on the complex
nature of interest rate swap agreements, the markets these instruments trade in are not as efficient and are less liquid than that of the more mature Level 1 markets.  These
markets  do  however  have  comparable,  observable  inputs  in  which  an  alternative  pricing  source  values  these  assets  in  order  to  arrive  at  a  fair  market  value.    These
characteristics classify interest rate swap agreements as Level 2.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities at the December 31 for the years indicated that were accounted for or disclosed at fair value. 
Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:

(In thousands)

Assets
  Residential mortgage loans held for sale

Investments available-for-sale:
  U.S. government agencies
  State and municipal
  Mortgage-backed
  Corporate debt
  Trust preferred
  Marketable equity securities
Interest rate swap agreements

Liabilities

Interest rate swap agreements

(In thousands)

Assets
  Residential mortgage loans held for sale

Investments available-for-sale:
  U.S. government agencies
  State and municipal
  Mortgage-backed
  Corporate debt
  Trust preferred
  Marketable equity securities
Interest rate swap agreements

Liabilities

Interest rate swap agreements

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
   (Level 1)

2017

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
 (Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
  Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$

$

-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

$

9,848  

$

-  

$

9,848

106,568  
312,253  
300,040  
-  
-  
212  
707  

-  
-  
-  
9,432  
1,002  
-  
-  

106,568
312,253
300,040
9,432
1,002
212
707

-  

$

(707) 

$

-  

$

(707)

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
   (Level 1)

2016

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
 (Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
  Inputs
(Level 3)

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

$

13,222  

$

121,790  

287,684  

312,711  

-  

-  

1,223  

1,010  

-  

-  

-  

-  

9,134  

1,012  

-  

-  

Total

$

13,222

121,790

287,684

312,711

9,134

1,012

1,223

1,010

-  

$

(1,010) 

$

-  

$

(1,010)

107

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The fair value of investments transferred or that are purchased and placed in Level 3 is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using the current rates for
investments with similar credit ratings and similar remaining maturities.  Expected cash flows were projected based on contractual cash flows.

The following table provides activity of assets reported as Level 3 for the period indicated:

(In thousands)
Investments available-for-sale:
  Balance at January 1, 2017
Sales of Level 3 assets

  Total unrealized gains included in accumulated other comprehensive loss

  Balance at December 31, 2017

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

$

$

10,146
(158)
446
10,434

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets subject to fair value adjustments (impairment) on a nonrecurring basis at December 31 for the year indicated
that are valued at the lower of cost or market.  Assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:

(In thousands)
Impaired loans (1)
Other real estate owned
Total

$

$

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets  (Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

2017

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

Total

Total Losses

-  
-  
-  

$

$

-  
-  
-  

$

$

8,474  
2,253  
10,727  

$

$

8,474  
2,253  
10,727  

$

$

(11,806)
(158)
(11,964)

(1) Amounts represent the fair value of collateral for impaired loans allocated to the allowance for loan losses.  Fair values are determined using actual market prices

(Level 2), independent third party valuations and borrower records, discounted as appropriate (Level 3).

(In thousands)
Impaired loans (1)
Other real estate owned
Total

$

$

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets  (Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

2016

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

Total

Total Losses

-  
-  
-  

$

$

-  
-  
-  

$

$

8,981  
1,911  
10,892  

$

$

8,981  
1,911  
10,892  

$

$

(10,600)
(107)
(10,707)

(1) Amounts represent the fair value of collateral for impaired loans allocated to the allowance for loan losses.  Fair values are determined using actual market prices

(Level 2), independent third party valuations and borrower records, discounted as appropriate (Level 3).

At December 31, 2017, impaired loans totaling $20.8 million were written down to fair value of $16.8 million as a result of specific loan loss allowances of $4.0 million
associated with the impaired loans which was included in the allowance for loan losses.  Impaired loans totaling $24.1 million were written down to fair value of $19.3
million at December 31, 2016 as a result of specific loan loss allowances of $4.8 million associated with the impaired loans.

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan impairment is measured using the present value of expected cash flows, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral (less selling costs) if the
loans  are  collateral  dependent.    Collateral  may  be  real  estate  and/or  business  assets  including  equipment,  inventory  and/or  accounts  receivable.    The  value  of  business
equipment,  inventory  and  accounts  receivable  collateral  is  based  on  net  book  value  on  the  business’  financial  statements  and,  if  necessary,  discounted  based  on
management’s review and analysis. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the
time of valuation, and/or management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business.  Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis
for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the factors identified above. Valuation techniques are consistent with those techniques applied in prior periods.

Other real estate owned (“OREO”) is adjusted to fair value upon transfer of the loans to OREO.  Subsequently, OREO is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. 
The estimated fair value for other real estate owned included in Level 3 is determined by independent market based appraisals and other available market information, less
cost to sell, that may be reduced further based on market expectations or an executed sales agreement.  If the fair value of the collateral deteriorates subsequent to initial
recognition, the Company records the OREO as a non-recurring Level 3 adjustment.  Valuation techniques are consistent with those techniques applied in prior periods.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company discloses fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate the value, whether or not such financial instruments are
recognized on the balance sheet.  Fair value is the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a
forced sale or liquidation, and is best evidenced by a quoted market price, if one exists.

Quoted  market  prices,  where  available,  are  shown  as  estimates  of  fair  market  values.  Because  no  quoted  market  prices  are  available  for  a  significant  portion  of  the
Company's financial instruments, the fair value of such instruments has been derived based on the amount and timing of future cash flows and estimated discount rates.

Present value techniques used in estimating the fair value of many of the Company's financial instruments are significantly affected by the assumptions used. In that regard,
the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate cash settlement of the
instrument. Additionally, the accompanying estimates of fair values are only representative of the fair values of the individual financial assets and liabilities, and should not
be considered an indication of the fair value of the Company.

109

 
 
 
 
 
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31 for the year indicated are presented in the following table:

(In thousands)

Financial Assets

Other equity securities

Loans, net of allowance

Other assets

Financial Liabilities

Time deposits

Securities sold under retail repurchase agreements and

  federal funds purchased

Advances from FHLB

(In thousands)

Financial Assets

Investments held-to-maturity and other equity securities

Loans, net of allowance

Other assets

Financial Liabilities

Time deposits

Securities sold under retail repurchase agreements and

  federal funds purchased

Advances from FHLB

Subordinated debentures

2017

Estimated

Fair

Value

Carrying

Amount

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

Fair Value Measurements

Significant Other

Observable Inputs

(Level 2)

Significant

Unobservable Inputs

(Level 3)

$

$

$

$

45,518  

$

4,268,991  

95,730  

45,518  

4,320,719  

95,730  

688,951  

$

684,139  

119,359  

765,833  

119,359  

769,860  

$

$

2016

Estimated

Fair

Value

Carrying

Amount

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

46,094  

$

3,883,741  

93,328  

46,094  

3,933,700  

93,328  

586,039  

$

584,868  

125,119  

790,000  

30,000  

125,119  

800,756  

29,985  

$

$

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

-  

$

$

45,518  

$

-  

95,730  

684,139  

$

119,359  

769,860  

$

$

46,094  

$

-  

93,328  

584,868  

$

125,119  

800,756  

-  

Fair Value Measurements

Significant Other

Observable Inputs

(Level 2)

Significant

Unobservable Inputs

(Level 3)

-

4,320,719

-

-

-

-

-

3,933,700

-

-

-

-

29,985

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each category of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and temporary investments:  The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value and have been excluded from the table above.

Investments:   The fair value of marketable securities is based on quoted market prices, prices quoted for similar instruments, and prices obtained from independent pricing
services.

Loans: For certain categories of loans, such as mortgage, installment and commercial loans, the fair value is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using
the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and similar remaining maturities.  Expected cash flows were projected based
on contractual cash flows, adjusted for estimated prepayments.

Accrued interest receivable:  The carrying value of accrued interest receivable approximates fair value due to the short-term duration and has been excluded from the table
above.

Other assets:   The investment in bank-owned life insurance represents the cash surrender value of the policies at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, as determined
by each insurance carrier.  The carrying value of accrued interest receivable approximates fair values due to the short-term duration.

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits:  The fair  value of demand, money market savings and regular savings deposits, which have no stated maturity, were considered equal to their carrying amount,
representing the amount payable on demand. While management believes that the Bank’s core deposit relationships provide a relatively stable, low-cost funding source that
has a substantial intangible value separate from the value of the deposit balances, these estimated fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships,
which comprise a significant portion of the Bank’s deposit base.

Short-term borrowings:   The carrying values of short-term borrowings, including overnight, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased
approximates the fair values due to the short maturities of those instruments.

Long-term borrowings: The fair value of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta advances and subordinated debentures was estimated by computing the discounted value
of contractual cash flows payable at current interest rates for obligations with similar remaining terms.  The Company's credit risk is not material to calculation of fair value
because these borrowings are collateralized. The Company classifies advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy since
the fair value of such borrowings is based on rates currently available for borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities. Subordinated debentures were classified
as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to the lack of market activity of such instruments.

Accrued interest payable: The carrying value of accrued interest payable approximates fair value due to the short-term duration and has been excluded from the previous
table.

NOTE 21 – PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Financial statements for Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Only) for the periods indicated are presented in the following tables:

Statement of Condition

(In thousands)
Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents

Investments available-for-sale (at fair value)
Investment in subsidiary

  Loan to subsidiary
  Other assets
Total assets

Liabilities

Subordinated debentures

  Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  Total liabilities
Stockholders’ Equity
  Common stock
  Additional paid in capital
  Retained earnings
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

December 31,

2017

2016

13,237  
9,644  
541,062  
-  
304  
564,247  

-  
431  
431  

23,996  
168,188  
378,489  
(6,857) 
563,816  
564,247  

$

$

$

$

10,869
10,357
513,083
30,000
515
564,824

30,000
1,252
31,252

23,901
165,871
350,414
(6,614)
533,572
564,824

$

$

$

$

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statements of Income

(In thousands)
Income:
  Cash dividends from subsidiary
  Other income

  Total income

Expenses:
Interest

  Other expenses

  Total expenses

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
Income tax expense (benefit)

Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
  Net income

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

$

$

25,420  
1,832  
27,252  

12  
970  
982  
26,270  
331  
25,939  
27,270  
53,209  

$

$

43,975  
2,476  
46,451  

944  
1,139  
2,083  
44,368  
78  
44,290  
3,960  
48,250  

$

$

42,580
995
43,575

899
1,123
2,022
41,553
(308)
41,861
3,494
45,355

Year Ended December 31,

2017

2016

2015

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

53,209  

$

48,250  

$

45,355

Equity in undistributed income-subsidiary
  Decrease in receivable from subsidiary bank

Share based compensation expense
Tax benefit from stock options exercised

  Other-net

  Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Proceeds (purchases) of investment available-for-sale
  Net cash provided/ (used) by investing activities

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
  Retirement of subordinated debt

Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Stock tendered for payment of withholding taxes

  Repurchase of common stock
  Dividends paid

  Net cash used by financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

(27,270) 
30,000  
2,164  
-  
(4,028) 
54,075  

3,179  
3,179  

(30,000) 
1,200  
(952) 
-  
(25,134) 
(54,886) 
2,368  
10,869  
13,237  

$

(3,960) 
-  
2,139  
125  
3,213  
49,767  

(7,000) 
(7,000) 

(5,000) 
1,580  
(683) 
(13,273) 
(23,676) 
(41,052) 
1,715  
9,154  
10,869  

$

(3,494)
-
1,979
350
10
44,200

(2,600)
(2,600)

-
1,174
(687)
(22,624)
(22,397)
(44,534)
(2,934)
12,088
9,154

$

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 22 – REGULATORY MATTERS
The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  the  federal  banking  agencies.  Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital
requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  and  possibly  additional  discretionary  actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could  have  a  direct  material  effect  on  the
Company's and the Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
The Company and the Bank's capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other
factors.

Quantitative measures established and defined by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total,
Tier  1  and  Common  Equity  Tier  1  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets,  and  of  Tier  1  capital  to  average  assets.  As  of  December  31,  2017  and  2016,  the  capital  levels  of  the
Company and the Bank substantially exceeded all applicable capital adequacy requirements.

As  of  December  31,  2017,  the  most  recent  notification  from  the  Bank’s  primary  regulator  categorized  the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the  regulatory  framework  for
prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based, and
Tier  1  leverage  ratios  as  set  forth  in  the  following  table.  There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  that  notification  that  management  believes  have  changed  the  Bank's
category.

The Company's and the Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31 for the years indicated are presented in the following table :

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Actual

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

As of December 31, 2017:
Total Capital to risk-weighted assets

Company
Sandy Spring Bank

Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets

Company
Sandy Spring Bank

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to risk-

weighted assets
Company
Sandy Spring

Tier 1 Leverage
Company
Sandy Spring Bank

As of December 31, 2016:
Total Capital to risk-weighted assets

Company
Sandy Spring Bank

Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets

Company
Sandy Spring Bank

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to risk-

weighted assets
Company
Sandy Spring

Tier 1 Leverage
Company
Sandy Spring Bank

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

531,070  
508,514  

485,814  
463,257  

485,814  
463,257  

485,814  
463,257  

529,990  
508,593  

485,923  
434,526  

455,923  
434,526  

485,923  
434,526  

11.85 %  
11.38 %  

10.84 %  
10.37 %  

10.84 %  
10.37 %  

9.24 %  
8.82 %  

12.80 %  
12.33 %  

11.74 %  
10.53 %  

11.01 %  
10.53 %  

10.14 %  
9.09 %  
114

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

$
$

358,501  
357,352  

268,875  
268,014  

201,657  
201,011  

210,407  
210,006  

331,177  
330,023  

248,383  
247,517  

186,287  
185,638  

191,776  
191,304  

8.00 %  
8.00 %  

6.00 %  
6.00 %  

4.50 %  
4.50 %  

4.00 %  
4.00 %  

8.00 %  
8.00 %  

6.00 %  
6.00 %  

4.50 %  
4.50 %  

4.00 %  
4.00 %  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

N/A 
446,690  

N/A 
357,352  

N/A 
290,349  

N/A 
262,508  

N/A 
412,529  

N/A 
330,023  

N/A 
268,144  

N/A 
239,130  

N/A 
10.00 %

N/A 
8.00 %

N/A 
6.50 %

N/A 
5.00 %

N/A 
10.00 %

N/A 
8.00 %

N/A 
6.50 %

N/A 
5.00 %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
N OTE 23 - SEGMENT REPORTING
Currently, the Company conducts business in three operating segments—Community Banking, Insurance and Investment Management.  Each of the operating segments is a
strategic  business  unit  that  offers  different  products  and  services.    The  Insurance  and  Investment  Management  segments  were  businesses  that  were  acquired  in  separate
transactions where management of acquisition was retained.  The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those of the Company.  However, the segment data
reflect inter-segment transactions and balances.

The Community Banking segment is conducted through Sandy Spring Bank and involves delivering a broad range of financial products and services, including various loan
and deposit products to both individuals and businesses.  Parent company income is included in the Community Banking segment, as the majority of effort of these functions
is  related  to  this  segment.    Major  revenue  sources  include  net  interest  income,  gains  on  sales  of  mortgage  loans,  trust  income,  fees  on sales  of  investment  products  and
service charges on deposit accounts.  Expenses include personnel, occupancy, marketing, equipment and other expenses.  Non-cash charges associated with amortization of
intangibles related to the acquired entities was not significant for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The  Insurance  segment  is  conducted  through  Sandy  Spring  Insurance  Corporation,  a  subsidiary  of  the  Bank,  and  offers  annuities  as  an  alternative  to  traditional  deposit
accounts.    Sandy  Spring  Insurance  Corporation  operates  Sandy  Spring  Insurance,  a  general  insurance  agency  located  in  Annapolis,  Maryland,  and  Neff  and  Associates,
located in Ocean City, Maryland.  Major sources of revenue are insurance commissions from commercial lines, personal lines, and medical liability lines.  Expenses include
personnel  and  support  charges.    Non-cash  charges  associated  with  amortization  of  intangibles  related  to  the  acquired  entities  was  not  significant  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The Investment Management segment is conducted through West Financial Services, Inc., a subsidiary of the Bank.  This asset management and financial planning firm,
located in McLean, Virginia, provides comprehensive investment management and financial planning to individuals, families, small businesses and associations including
cash flow analysis, investment review, tax planning, retirement planning, insurance analysis and estate planning.  West Financial currently has approximately $1.4 billion in
assets under management.  Major revenue sources include non-interest income earned on the above services.  Expenses include personnel and support charges.  Non-cash
charges associated with amortization of intangibles related to the acquired entities was not significant for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
115

 
 
 
 
 
Information for the operating segments and reconciliation of the information to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31 is presented in the
following tables:

(In thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expenses
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income

Assets

(In thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expenses
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income

Assets

(In thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Provision (credit) for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expenses
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income

Assets

Community
Banking

Insurance

2017
Investment
Mgmt.

Inter-Segment
Elimination

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

194,798  
26,039  
2,977  
37,447  
119,607  
83,622  
33,684  
49,938  

5,446,056  

Community
Banking

170,556  
21,012  
5,546  
38,769  
114,368  
68,399  
22,337  
46,062  

5,092,283  

Community
Banking

158,313  
20,119  
5,371  
53,398  
122,183  
64,038  
20,710  
43,328  

4,656,573  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2  
-  
-  
6,233  
5,533  
702  
(399) 
1,101  

8,873  

Insurance

3  
-  
-  
5,418  
5,097  
324  
130  
194  

7,732  

Insurance

1  
-  
-  
5,516  
5,189  
328  
141  
187  

5,542  

116

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

7  
-  
-  
8,335  
4,731  
3,611  
1,441  
2,170  

13,126  

$

$

$

(8) 
(8) 
-  
(772) 
(772) 
-  
-  
-  

(21,380) 

2016

Investment
Mgmt.

Inter-Segment
Elimination

5  
-  
-  
7,568  
4,306  
3,267  
1,273  
1,994  

13,650  

$

$

$

(8) 
(8) 
-  
(713) 
(713) 
-  
-  
-  

(22,282) 

2015
Investment
Mgmt.

Inter-Segment
Elimination

4  
-  
-  
7,104  
4,092  
3,016  
1,176  
1,840  

12,658  

$

$

$

(6) 
(6) 
-  
(16,117) 
(16,117) 
-  
-  
-  

(19,393) 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

194,799
26,031
2,977
51,243
129,099
87,935
34,726
53,209

5,446,675

Total

170,556
21,004
5,546
51,042
123,058
71,990
23,740
48,250

5,091,383

Total

158,312
20,113
5,371
49,901
115,347
67,382
22,027
45,355

4,655,380

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 24 – QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
A summary of selected consolidated quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31 is provided in the following tables:

(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income

Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share

(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income

Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

2017

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

45,958  
5,705  
40,253  
194  
12,632  
29,981  
22,710  
7,598  
15,112  

0.63  
0.63  

First
Quarter

41,653  
5,531  
36,122  
1,236  
13,363  
32,317  
15,932  
5,119  
10,813  

0.45  
0.45  

117

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

48,576  
6,250  
42,326  
1,322  
13,571  
32,868  
21,707  
6,966  
14,741  

0.61  
0.61  

2016

Second
Quarter

41,803  
5,071  
36,732  
2,957  
12,751  
30,871  
15,655  
5,008  
10,647  

0.45  
0.44  

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

49,589  
6,892  
42,697  
934  
12,746  
31,191  
23,318  
8,229  
15,089  

0.62  
0.62  

Third
Quarter

42,857  
5,126  
37,731  
781  
12,584  
29,326  
20,208  
6,734  
13,474  

0.56  
0.56  

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

50,676
7,184
43,492
527
12,294
35,059
20,200
11,933
8,267

0.34
0.34

Fourth
Quarter

44,243
5,276
38,967
572
12,344
30,544
20,195
6,879
13,316

0.55
0.55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
NOTE 25 – ACQUISITION OF WASHINGTONFIRST BANKSHARES, INC.
On  January  1,  2018  (“Acquisition  Date”),  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  WashingtonFirst  Bankshares,  Inc.  (“WashingtonFirst”)  in  a  transaction  valued  at
approximately $452 million in the aggregate, based on the Company’s volume-weighted average share price of $39.5051. Volume-weighted average share price represents a
volume-weighted average price of the Company’s common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select  Market,  for the twenty  trading  day period  ending  on  the fifth trading day
before  the  closing  of  the  acquisition.  As  of  the  Acquisition  Date,  WashingtonFirst  was  merged  into  the  Company  and  WashingtonFirst’s  wholly-owned  subsidiary,
WashingtonFirst Bank, was merged  with and into Sandy Spring Bank.

The  Company  issued  an  aggregate  of  11,446,441  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  in  the  transaction.  At  the  effective  date  of  the  acquisition,  Sandy  Spring
shareholders owned approximately 67.7% of the combined company and WashingtonFirst’s shareholders owned approximately 32.3% of the combined company.

WashingtonFirst was headquartered in Reston, Virginia, had 19 community banking offices throughout the Washington D.C. metropolitan region and more than $2.1 billion
in assets as of December 31, 2017. In addition, WashingtonFirst provided wealth management services through its subsidiary, 1st Portfolio Wealth Advisors, and mortgage
banking services through the bank’s subsidiary, WashingtonFirst Mortgage Corporation. 

The acquisition of WashingtonFirst is being accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities
assumed, and consideration paid are recorded at estimated fair values on the Acquisition Date. Due to complexity of the fair value analysis and relatively short time frame
between the Acquisition Date and financial statements issuance date, the valuation of acquired assets and assumed liabilities  was not final as of the financial statements
issuance date. The provisional amount of goodwill recognized was approximately $264 million. The estimated fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities will
be subject to refinement as additional information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. Any subsequent adjustments to the fair values of acquired assets and
liabilities assumed, identifiable intangible assets, or other purchase accounting adjustments will result in adjustments to goodwill within the first 12 months following the
closing date of acquisition. We anticipate to finalize the valuation by the end of the first quarter of 2018.

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Fourth Quarter 2017 Changes In Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
No change occurred during the fourth quarter of 2017 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As required by SEC rules, the Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  as  of  December  31,  2017.    The  Company’s  chief  executive  officer  and  chief  financial  officer  participated  in  the  evaluation.    Based  on  this
evaluation,  the  Company’s  chief  executive  officer  and  chief  financial  officer  concluded  that  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  as  of
December 31, 2017.

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is located on page 59 of this report.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III
Item 10.               DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

118

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The material labeled “Information About Nominees and Incumbent Directors,” “Corporate Governance and Other Matters,”  “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance,”  “Shareholder  Proposals  and  Communications,”  and    “Report  of  the  Audit  Committee”  in  the  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  in  this  Report  by reference.
Information regarding executive officers is included under the caption “Executive Officers” on page 14 of this Report.

Item 11.               EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The material labeled "Corporate Governance and Other Matters," "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," and "Compensation Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement
is incorporated in this Report by reference.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED   STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The  material  labeled  “Owners  of  More  than  5%  of  Bancorp’s  Common  Stock”  and,  "Stock  Ownership  of  Directors  and  Executive  Officers"  in  the  Proxy  Statement  is
incorporated in this Report by reference. Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference from “Equity
Compensation Plans” on page 27.

Item 13.               CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The material labeled “Director Independence” and "Transactions and Relationships with Management" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The material labeled “Audit and Non-Audit” Fees in the Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Report by reference.

PART IV.
Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following financial statements are filed as a part of this report:

   Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2017 and 2016
   Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
   Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
   Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
   Reports of Registered Public Accounting Firm

All financial  statement  schedules  have  been  omitted,  as the  required  information  is either  not applicable  or included  in the Consolidated  Financial  Statements  or related
Notes.

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.
3(a)

                               Description
Articles of Incorporation of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 1996, SEC File No. 0-19065)

3(b)

3(c)

4(a)

10(a)*

10(b)*

10(c)*

10(d)*

10(e)*

10(f)*

10(g)*

10(h)*

10(i)*

10(j)*

10(k)*       

10(l)*

10(m)*

Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2011, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Bylaws of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registration Statement on Form S-3, SEC File No. 333-
222910)

No long-term debt instrument issued by the Company exceeds 10% of consolidated assets or is registered.  In accordance with paragraph 4(iii)
of Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K, the Company will furnish the SEC copies of all long-term debt instruments and related agreements upon
request.

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 2005 Omnibus Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on June 27, 2005, SEC File
No. 0-19065)

Form of Director Fee Deferral Agreement, August 26, 1997, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2003, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Form of Amendment to Directors’ Fee Deferral Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2008, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Sandy Spring Bank Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2016, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and Philip J. Mantua (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 17, 2012, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and Daniel J. Schrider (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Form of Sandy Spring National Bank of Maryland Officer Group Term Replacement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to Form 10-
K for the year ended December 31, 2001, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. Directors’ Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-8, File
No. 333-166808)

Sandy Spring Bank Executive Incentive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v) to Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2007, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Definitive Proxy Statement
filed on March 28, 2011, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Change in Control Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and R. Louis  Caceres (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10(m) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Employment Agreement by and among Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank, and Joseph J. O’Brien, Jr. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 17, 2012, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement Between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank and Daniel J. Schrider dated January
1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2013, SEC File No. 0-19065)

120

 
 
 
 
10(n)*

10(o)*

10(p)*

10(q)*

10(r)*

10(s)*

10(t)*

10(u)*

21

23(a)

31(a)

31(b)

32(a)

32(b)

101

Amendment to Employment Agreement Between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank and Philip J. Mantua dated January 13, 2012
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2013, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Amendment to Employment Agreement Between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank and Joseph J. O’Brien, Jr. dated January 13,
2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2013, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Amendment to Change in Control Agreement Between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank and R. Louis Caceres dated March 9,
2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2013, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Change in Control Agreement Between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank and Ronald E. Kuykendall dated March 7, 2013
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(t) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, SEC File No. 0-19065)

Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Definitive Proxy Statement filed on
March 31, 2015,  SEC File No. 0-19065)

Separation and Consulting Agreement by and between Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., Sandy Spring Bank and Shaza L. Andersen dated December
29, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2018, SEC File No. 0-19065)

WashingtonFirst Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement effective October 1, 2014 between WashingtonFirst Bank and Joseph S.
Bracewell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Form 8-K filed by WashingtonFirst Bankshares, Inc. on October 17, 2014, SEC File No.
001-35768)

WashingtonFirst Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement effective October 1, 2014 between WashingtonFirst Bank and Shaza L.
Andersen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Form 8-K filed by WashingtonFirst Bankshares, Inc. on April 29, 2014, SEC File No.
001-35768)

Subsidiaries

Consent of Ernst and Young LLP

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification

18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification

18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification

The following materials from the Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 formatted in
Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Condition; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income;
(iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (v) the Consolidated Statements
of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity; and (vi) related notes.

* Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of this Report.

121

 
 
 
Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

122

 
 
 
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.
(Registrant)

By:

/s/ Daniel J. Schrider       
Daniel J. Schrider
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated as of February 23, 2018.

Principal Executive Officer and Director:
/s/ Daniel J. Schrider                              
Daniel J. Schrider
President and Chief Executive Officer

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer:
/s/ Philip J. Mantua
Philip J. Mantua
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Signature  

/s/ Shaza L. Andersen
Shaza L. Andersen

/s/ Joseph S. Bracewell
Joseph S. Bracewell

/s/ Ralph F. Boyd, Jr.
Ralph F. Boyd, Jr.

/s/ Mark E. Friis
Mark E. Friis

/s/ Robert E. Henel, Jr.
Robert E. Henel, Jr.

/s/ Pamela A. Little
Pamela A. Little

/s/ James J. Maiwurm
James J. Maiwurm

/s/ Mark C. Michael
Mark C. Michael

/s/ Gary G. Nakamoto
Gary G. Nakamoto

/s/ Robert L. Orndorff
Robert L. Orndorff

/s/ Joe R. Reeder
Joe R. Reeder

/s/ Craig A. Ruppert
Craig A. Ruppert

/s/ Mona Abutaleb Stephenson
Mona Abutaleb Stephenson

/s/ Dennis A. Starliper
Dennis A. Starliper

Title

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
124

 
 
 
Exhibit 3(c)

BYLAWS

OF

SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.

PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The principal office of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”) shall be at 17801 Georgia Avenue, Olney, Maryland,

20832.

MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

Place of Meetings. All annual and special meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such
other place within or without the State of Maryland as the Board of Directors may determine and as designated in the notice of such meeting.

Annual Meeting .  A meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other

business of the Corporation shall be held annually at such date and time as the Board of Directors may determine.

Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the President, the
Chairman of the Board of Directors, or a majority of the Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles
of Incorporation, or a special meeting may be called by the Secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of the holders of not less
than twenty-five percent (25 %) of all votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the
meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at the meeting and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to
the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the shareholders who make the request of
the reasonably estimated costs of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, the
Secretary shall then notify each shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting.

Conduct of Meetings . Annual and special meetings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules and procedures established by
the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall designate, when present, either the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President
to preside at such meetings.

Notice of Meeting . Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the
purpose  or  purposes  for  which  the  meeting  is  called  shall  be  given  either  personally  or  by  mail  by  or  at  the  direction  of  the  President,
Chairman of the Board of Directors, Secretary, or Directors calling the meeting, not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days
before the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting and to each other shareholder entitled to notice
of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder
at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II, with
postage thereon prepaid. If a shareholder be present at a meeting, or in writing waives notice thereof before or after the

 
 
 
 
meeting  and  such  waiver  is  filed  with  the  records  of  the  meeting  of  shareholders,  notice  of  the  meeting  to  such  shareholder  shall  be
unnecessary. When any shareholders’ meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days, notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting
adjourned  for thirty (30) or fewer days or of the  business to be transacted  at such adjourned  meeting,  other than an announcement at the
meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

Fixing  of  Record  Date  .  For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  shareholders  entitled  to  notice  of  or  to  vote  at  any  meeting  of
shareholders, or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination
of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors shall fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination
of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than sixty (60) days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10)
days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. When a determination of
shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any
adjournment thereof.

Quorum  .  Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  Corporation’s  Articles  of  Incorporation,  a  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  the
Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a majority
of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time
without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which
might  have  been  transacted  at  the  meeting  as  originally  notified.  The  shareholders  present  at  a  duly  organized  meeting  may  continue  to
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

Proxies . At all meetings of shareholders,  a shareholder  may  vote  by  proxy  executed  in  writing  by the  shareholder  or by his duly
authorized attorney in fact. All proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting before being voted. Proxies solicited on behalf of the
management shall be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by a majority of the Board of
Directors. No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

Voting . At each election for directors, every shareholder entitled to vote at such election shall be entitled to one vote for each share
of stock held by him. Unless otherwise provided by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or the General Laws of the
State of Maryland, a majority of those votes cast by shareholders at a lawful meeting shall be sufficient to pass on any transaction or matter.

Informal Action by Shareholders . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a
meeting if a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by each shareholder entitled to vote on the matter and a written waiver of any
rights to dissent is signed by each shareholder entitled to notice but not entitled to vote at the meeting. The unanimous written consent and
the written waiver, if any, shall be filed with the records of the shareholders’ meetings.

Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons . When ownership of stock stands in the name of two or more persons, in the
absence of written directions to the Corporation to the contrary, at any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation any one or more of
such shareholders may cast, in person or

 
 
by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. In the event an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes, in person or by proxy, by
the several persons in whose name shares of stock stand, the vote or votes to which these persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a
majority of those holding such stock and present in person or by proxy at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority
cannot agree.

Voting of  Shares  by  Certain  Holders  .  Shares  standing  in  the  name  of  another  corporation  may  be  voted  by any officer, agent or
proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may provide, or, in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors of such corporation
may  determine.  Shares  held  by  an  administrator,  executor,  guardian  or  conservator  may  be  voted  by  him,  either  in  person  or  by  proxy,
without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy,
but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a
receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the
transfer thereof into his name if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public authority by which such
receiver was appointed.

A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of

the pledgee and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

Treasury  shares  of  its  own  stock  held  by  the  Corporation  shall  not  be  voted  at  any  meeting  or  counted  in  determining  the  total

number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

Inspectors  of  Election.  In  advance  of  any  meeting  of  shareholders,  the  Board  of  Directors  may  appoint  any  persons,  other  than
nominees for office, as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. The number of inspectors shall be either one
or  three.  If  the  Board  of  Directors  so  appoints  either  one  or  three  inspectors,  that  appointment  shall  not  be  altered  at  the  meeting.  If
inspectors  of  election  are  not  so  appointed,  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  or  the  President  may  make  such  appointment  at  the
meeting. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the
Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President.

Unless otherwise prescribed by applicable law, the duties of such inspectors shall include: determining the number of shares of stock
and the voting power of each share, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and
effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection
with the right to vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to conduct the
election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

Nomination Procedures. The  Board  of  Directors  shall  act  as  a  nominating  committee  for  selecting  the  management  nominees  for
election as directors. Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death or other incapacity of a management nominee, the
nominating committee shall deliver written nominations to the Secretary at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the annual meeting.

Nominations for the election of directors may also be made by any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors. Such nominations by a shareholder must be made in writing and delivered to the Secretary not later than ninety (90)
days prior to the month and day one year

 
 
subsequent to the date that the proxy materials regarding the last election of directors to the Board of Directors were mailed to shareholders.
Each such notice of nomination  by a shareholder  must set forth (a) the full name, age and date of birth of each nominee proposed in the
notice, (b) the business and residence addresses and telephone numbers of each such nominee, (c) the educational background and business
experience of each such nominee, including a list of positions held for at least the preceding five years, and (d) a signed representation by
each such nominee that the nominee will timely provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation for the purpose of
preparing its disclosures in regard to the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors. The name of each such candidate for director
must be placed in nomination at the annual meeting by a shareholder present in person and the nominee must be present in person at the
meeting for the election of directors. Any vote cast for a person who has not been duly nominated pursuant to this Article II, Section 14,
shall be void.

New Business  at  Annual  Meeting.  At  an  annual  meeting  of  the  shareholders,  only  such  business shall be conducted  as shall have
been  properly  brought  before  the  meeting.  To  be  properly  brought  before  an  annual  meeting,  proposals  for  new  business  must  be  (a)
specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly
brought  before  the  meeting  by  or  at  the  direction  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  or  (c)  otherwise  properly  brought  before  the  meeting  by  a
shareholder.

For  business  to  be  properly  brought  before  an  annual  meeting  by  a  shareholder,  the  shareholder  must  have  given  timely  notice
thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the
principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than thirty (30) nor more than ninety (90) days before the date of any  such annual
meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that if less than forty-five (45) days’ notice of the date of the meeting is given to shareholders,
such notice by a shareholder must be received by the Secretary not later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day following the
day  on  which  notice  of  the  date  of  the  meeting  was  mailed  to  shareholders  or  two  (2)  days  before the date of the meeting, whichever is
earlier. Each such notice given by a shareholder to the Secretary with respect to business proposals to be brought before a meeting shall set
forth (a) a brief description of the business and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, (b) the name and address, as they
appear on the Corporation’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that
are beneficially owned by the shareholder, and (d) any material interest of the shareholder in such business. Shareholder proposals that do
not satisfy the requirements of this Article II, Section 15, may be considered and discussed but not acted upon at an annual meeting.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to
other powers specifically set out in these Bylaws or that apply under the General Laws of the State of Maryland, the Board of Directors and
any committees thereof shall have the power to manage and administer the affairs of the Corporation and to do and perform all lawful acts
with respect to the affairs of the Corporation except those that may be specifically reserved to the shareholders under the General Laws of
the State of Maryland. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairman of the Board of Directors and a President from among its
members and shall designate, when present, either the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President to preside at its meetings.

 
 
Qualification of Directors .  Each  director  must  be  the  holder  of  unencumbered  or  unhypothecated  shares of  common  stock of  the
Corporation  having  an  aggregate  par  value  of  $1,000  or  a  fair  market  value  of  $1,000.  A  director  of  the  Corporation  may  not  serve  as
attorney for any other financial institution or bank or savings and loan holding company, and may not be a member of the Board of Directors
of any other financial institution or bank or savings and loan holding company. The requirements shall not apply to a person serving as an
advisory director or a director emeritus.

Age Limitation . No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors if such person is under twenty-one
(21) or over seventy (70) years of age at the time of his or her election or appointment. No director shall serve beyond the annual meeting of
shareholders immediately following his or her seventieth (70th) birthday. This limitation shall not apply to a person serving as an advisory
director or a director emeritus.

Number, Term and Election . The maximum number of directors is fixed by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and may be
altered only by amendment thereto. The minimum number of directors shall be the minimum required under the General Laws of the State
of Maryland now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors may, by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, between annual
meetings of shareholders, increase or decrease the membership of the Board of Directors within such limits, provided that no decrease in the
number of directors  shall have  the  effect  of  shortening  the  term  of  any  incumbent  director.  The  Board  of  Directors  shall  be  classified  in
accordance with the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation,

Regular  Meetings  .  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  shall  be  held  without  other  notice  than  this  Bylaw  within  two
weeks after the annual meeting of shareholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of
additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

Special Meetings .  Special  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors  may  be  called  by  or  at  the  request  of  any  one  director  or  any  two
directors of the Corporation, or by a majority of the directors. The persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may
fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by such persons.

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in special meetings by means of conference telephone or similar communications

equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person.

Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least one hour previous thereto. Notice
of  a  special  meeting  need  not  be  in  writing.  Any  director  may  waive  notice  of  any  meeting  by  a  writing  filed  with  the  Secretary.  The
attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business
to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such
meeting.

Quorum  .  A  majority  of  the  directors  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business  at  any  meeting  of  the  Board  of

Directors. If less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the

 
 
 
directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time. Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place to
which the meeting is adjourned are fixed at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

Voting . The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of
Directors, unless the vote of a greater number is required by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or the General Laws
of the State of Maryland.

Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, at a
meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors and
filed with the Secretary of the Corporation for inclusion hi the corporate minute book.

Resignation  .  Any  director  may  resign  at  any  time  by  sending  a  written  notice  of  such  resignation  to  the  principal  office  of  the
Corporation addressed to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, such
resignation shall take effect upon acceptance thereof by the Board of Directors.

Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled in accordance with the provisions of the Corporation’s
Articles of Incorporation. The term of such director shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.

Removal of Directors . Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed only in accordance with the provisions of the

Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.

Compensation  .  Directors,  as  such,  may  receive  a  stated  salary  for  their  services.  By  resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  a
reasonable fixed sum, and reasonable expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for actual attendance at each regular or special meeting
of the Board of Directors.  Members of either standing or special committees may be allowed such compensation  for actual attendance  at
committee meetings as the Board of Directors may determine. Nothing herein shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving remuneration therefor.

Presumption of Assent . A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any
corporate  matter  is  taken  shall  be  presumed  to  have  assented  to  the  action  taken  unless  his  dissent  or  abstention  shall  be  entered  in  the
minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before
the  adjournment  thereof  or  shall  forward  such  dissent  by  registered  mail  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Corporation  immediately  after  the
adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who votes in favor of such action.

Advisory Directors and Directors Emeritus. The Board of Directors may by resolution appoint persons to serve as advisory directors,
who may also serve as directors emeritus, and shall have such authority and receive such compensation and reimbursement as the Board of
Directors  shall  provide.  No  advisory  director  or  director  emeritus  shall  have  the  authority  to  participate  by  vote  in  the  transaction  of
business.

Contracts with  Interested  Directors.  No  contract  or  other  transaction  between  this  Corporation  and  any  other  corporation  shall  be

affected by the fact that any director of this Corporation is interested in, or is

 
 
a  director  or  officer  of,  such  other  corporation,  and  any  director,  individually  or  jointly,  may  be  a  party  to,  or  may  be  interested  in,  any
contract  or  transaction  of  this  Corporation  or  in  which  this  Corporation  is  interested;  and  no  contract,  or  other  transaction,  of  this
Corporation  with  any  person,  firm,  or  corporation,  shall  be  affected  by  the  fact  that  any  director  of  this  Corporation  is  a  party  to,  or  is
interested in, such contract, act or transaction, or is in any way connected with such person, firm, or corporation, and every person who may
become a director of this Corporation is hereby relieved from any liability that might otherwise exist from contracting with the Corporation
for the benefit of himself or any firm, association, or corporation in which he may be in any way interested.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, as they may
determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Corporation, and may prescribe the duties, constitution and
procedures thereof. The Board of Directors may delegate to an executive committee the power to exercise all the authority of the Board of
Directors in the management of the affairs and property of the Corporation, except such authority as may be specifically reserved to the full
Board of Directors by the General Laws of the State of Maryland. Each committee shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation.
In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified
from voting, whether or not a quorum exists, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in
the place of the disqualified or absent member.

The Board of Directors shall have power, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors, at any time to
change the members of, to fill vacancies in, and to discharge any committee of the Board. Any member of any committee of the Board of
Directors  may  be  removed  at  any  time,  either  with  or  without  cause,  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  authorized  number  of
directors at any meeting of the Board called for that purpose.

Officers

Positions . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a
Secretary,  a  Treasurer,  and  such  other  officers  as  the  Board  of  Directors  shall  from  time  to  time  deem  necessary  for  the  conduct  of  the
business of the Corporation. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may designate one or more
Vice Presidents as Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President. The officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as the
Board  of  Directors  may  from  time  to  time  authorize  or  determine  by  resolution.  In  the  absence  of  action  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  the
officers shall have such powers and duties as are generally incident to their respective offices.

Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting
of the Board of Directors held after  each annual meeting of the shareholders.  If the election of officers is not held at such meeting,  such
election shall be held as soon thereafter as possible. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and

 
 
 
qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of
an officer, employee or agent shall not of itself create contract rights. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to enter into an
employment contract with any officer in accordance with state law; but no such contract shall impair the right of the Board of Directors to
remove any officer at any time in accordance with Section 4 of this Article V.

Resignation . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or
the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if no time is specified, upon its acceptance by the Board
of Directors.

Removal . Any officer may be removed by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests
of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal, other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of
the person so removed.

Remuneration. The remuneration of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be

prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation.

Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer

Certificates for Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates signed by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors or by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an assistant treasurer or by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of
the Corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. Any or all of the signatures upon a certificate
may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the Corporation itself or an
employee of the Corporation. If any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have
ceased to be such officer before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer
at the date of its issue.

Form  of  Certificates.  All  certificates  representing  shares  issued  by  the  Corporation  shall  set  forth  upon  the  face  or  back  that  the
Corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge a full statement of the designations, preferences, limitations,
and relative rights of the shares of each class authorized to be issued, the variations in the relative rights and preferences between the shares
of each such series so far as the same have been fixed and determined, and the authority of the Board of Directors to fix and determine the
relative rights and preferences of subsequent series.

Each certificate representing shares shall state upon the face thereof: that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of
Maryland; the name of the person to whom issued; the number and class of shares; the date of issue; the designation of the series, if any,
which such certificate represents; the par value of each share represented by such certificate, or a statement that the shares are without par
value. Other matters in regard to the form of the certificates shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 
 
 
Payment for Shares . No certificate shall be issued for any shares until such share is fully paid. The consideration for the issuance of

shares shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.

Transfer of Shares . Transfer of shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be made only on its stock transfer books. Authority
for such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of such
authority, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Corporation. Such transfer shall be
made only on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name shares of capital stock stand on the
books of the Corporation shall be deemed by the Corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the

stock ledger or the books of the Corporation or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of shareholders.

Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by
the  Corporation  alleged  to  have  been  lost,  stolen,  or  destroyed,  upon  the  making  of  an  affidavit  of  that  fact  by  the  person  claiming  the
certificate  of  stock  to  be  lost,  stolen,  or  destroyed.  When  authorizing  such  issue  of  a  new  certificate,  the  Board  of  Directors  may,  in  its
discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal
representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Beneficial  Owners  .  The  Corporation  shall  be  entitled  to  recognize  the  exclusive  right  of  a  person  registered  on  its  books  as  the
owner  of  shares  to  receive  dividends,  and  to  vote  as  such  owner,  and  shall  not  be  bound  to  recognize  any  equitable  or  other  claim to or
interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have express or other notice thereof, except as
otherwise provided by law.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 31 st day of December of each year. The Corporation shall be subject to an annual

audit as of the end of its fiscal year by independent public accountants appointed by and responsible to the Board of Directors.

Fiscal Year; Annual Audit

Subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Corporation’s  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  applicable  law,  the  Board  of  Directors  may,  at  any
regular or special meeting, declare dividends on the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or
in the Corporation’s own stock.

Dividends

 
 
The corporate seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

Corporate Seal

Amendments

In accordance with the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may repeal, alter, amend or
rescind these Bylaws by a majority vote of the Board of Directors at a legal meeting held in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws.
In addition, these Bylaws may be repealed, altered, amended or rescinded by the shareholders of the Corporation by vote of not less than
eighty  percent  (80%)  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of  directors
(considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose (provided that notice of such proposed
repeal, alteration, amendment or rescission is included in the notice of such meeting).

* * *

 
 
SANDY SPRING BANCORP, INC.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS

Article III, Section 5 of Bancorp’s bylaws is hereby deleted in its entirety. The following is inserted in its place:

“Section  5.  Regular  Meetings.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  shall  be  held  without  other  notice  than  this
Bylaw  within  four  weeks  after  the  annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  The  board  of  directors  may  provide,  by  resolution,  the
time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.”

Approved by the Board of Directors: May 29, 2013.

* * * *

Article III, Section 3 of Bancorp’s bylaws is hereby amended by deleting the same and inserting the following:

SECOND AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS

“Section 3. Age Limitation . No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the board of directors if such person is
under twenty-one (21) or over seventy-two (72) years of age at the time of his or her election or appointment.  No director
shall serve beyond  the annual  meeting  of shareholders  immediately  following  his or her seventy-second  (72  nd ) birthday. 
This limitation shall not apply to a person serving as an advisory director or a director emeritus.”  

Approved by the Board of Directors: January 27, 2016.

* * * *

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Article II, Section 5 of Bancorp’s bylaws is hereby amended by deleting the same and inserting the following:

THIRD AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS

“SECTION 5.  Notice of Meeting . Not less than ten (10) nor more than ninety (90) days before each shareholders
meeting,  the Secretary  of the Corporation  shall give notice  in writing  or by electronic  transmission  of the meeting  to each
shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and each other shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state
(1)  the  time  of  the  meeting,  the  place  of  the  meeting,  if  any,  and  the  means  of  remote  communication,  if  any,  by  which
shareholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting; and (2) the purpose of
the meeting, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by any other provision of the General
Laws of the State of Maryland.

Any notice given to a shareholder is effective if given by a single notice in writing or by electronic transmission to all
shareholders  who  share  an  address  unless  the  Corporation  has  received  a  request  from  a  shareholder  in  writing  or  by
electronic transmission that a single notice not be given. If a shareholder be present at a meeting, or in writing waives notice
thereof before or  after  the  meeting  and  such  waiver  is  filed  with  the  records  of  the  meeting  of  shareholders,  notice  of  the
meeting to such shareholder shall be unnecessary.

When any shareholders  meeting, either  annual  or special,  is adjourned  for more than thirty  (30)  days, notice  of the
adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time
and  place  of  any  meeting  adjourned  for  thirty  (30)  or  fewer  days  or  of  the  business  to  be  transacted  at  such  adjourned
meeting, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.”

Approved by the Board of Directors: October 26, 2016.

* * * *

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10(d)

SANDY SPRING  BANK  DIRECTORS’  DEFERRED  FEE  PLAN 

Amended and  Restated  January  1,  2009  Purpose 

The purpose  of  this  Sandy  Spring  Bank  Directors’  Deferred  Fee  Plan  (the  “Plan”)  is  to  provide  a  deferred  compensation  opportunity  to 
directors  of  Sandy  Spring  Bank  (the  “Bank”).  The  Plan  is  intended  to  be  unfunded  for  tax  purposes  and  to  comply  with  the 
requirements  of  Section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  “Code”).  This  Plan  is  also  the  successor  to 
certain  Directors’  Fee  Deferral  Agreements  previously  entered  into  with  certain  directors  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “Prior 
Agreements”).  Specifically,  this  document  (the  “409A  Program”)  amends  and  restates  the  Prior  Agreements,  effective  as  of  January  1, 
2005,  and  it  sets  forth  the  terms  of  the  Prior  Agreements  that  are  applicable  to  deferrals  that  are  subject  to  Section  409A  of  the  Code, 
i.e.,  deferrals  (and  earnings  thereon)  credited  after  December  31,  2004.  Other  deferrals  (i.e.,  deferrals  prior  to  December  31,2004)  under 
the  Non-Qualified  Deferred  Compensation  Agreements  shall  be  governed  by  separate  documents  that  set  forth  the  terms  of  the  pre-409A 
terms. 

Article 1 Definition

Whenever used  in  this  Plan,  the  following  words  and  phrases  shall  have  the  meanings  specified: 

Bank means  Sandy  Spring  Bank. 

Change in Control means  a “change in ownership,” a “change  in effective control” or a “change in  ownership  of  a  substantial  portion  of 
assets,”  as  such  terms  are  defined  for  purposes  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code. 

Code means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended. 

Director means  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Bank. 

Deferral Account  means  the  Bank’s  accounting  of  the  Participant’s  accumulated  Deferrals  plus  accrued  earnings. 

Deferral Election  Form  means  the  Form  attached  as  Exhibit  1. 

Deferrals means  the  amount  of  Fees  that  a  Participant  elects  to  defer  according  to  this  Plan. 

Fees means  the  total  director  fees  payable  to  a  Director.  Participant  means  Director  who  participates  in 

the  Plan.  Effective  Date  means  January  1,  2005. 
Plan Year  means  the  calendar  year. 

Separation from  Service  means,  the  Participant’s  death  or  the  effective  date  of  the  Participant’s  “Separation  from  Service”  within  the 
meaning  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Article 2  Deferral  Election 

2.1                     Timing  of  Election;  Deferral  Amount .  A  Participant  shall  make  a  deferral  election  under  the  Plan  by  filing  with 
the  Bank  a  signed  Deferral  Election  Form  within  the  deadlines  established  by  the  Bank,  provided  that,  except  as  provided  below,  in 
no  event  shall  such  an  election  be  made  after  the  last  day  of  the  Plan  Year  preceding  the  Plan  Year  in  which  the  services  giving 
rise  to  the  Fees  to  be  deferred  are  to  be  performed.  A  Participant  may  elect  to  defer  up  to  one  hundred  (100)  percent  of  Fees 
expected  to  be  earned  during  a  Plan  Year. 

2.2                     First  Year  of  Eligibility;  Deferral  of  Bonuses .  Notwithstanding  Section  2.1  of  the  Plan,  if  and  to  the  extent 
permitted  by  the  Bank,  in  the  case  of  the  first  Plan  Year  in  which  a  Participant  becomes  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Plan,  the 
Participant  may  make  a  deferral  election  at  times  other  than  those  permitted  above,  provided  that  such  election  is  made  no  later  than 
thirty  (30)  days  after  the  date       the  Participant  becomes  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Plan.  Such  election  will  apply  only  with  respect 
to  Fees  attributable  to  services  performed  after  the  date  the  election  is  made. 

2.3                     Election  Changes .  A  Participant  may  not  change  his  or  her  deferral  election  that  is  in effect for  a  Plan  Year, 

unless  permitted  by  the  Bank  in  compliance  with  Section  409A  of  the  Code. 

2.4                     Validity  of  Elections .  The  Bank  reserves  the  right  to  determine  the  validity  of  all  deferral  elections  made  under  the 

Plan  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  applicable  law,  including  Section  409A  of  the  Code.  If  the  Bank,  in  its  sole  discretion, 
determines  that  an  election  is  not  valid  under  applicable  law,  the  Bank  may  treat  the  deferral  election  as  null  and  void,  and  cause  the 
Bank  to  pay  Compensation  to  the  affected  Participant  without  regard  to  the  Participant’s  deferral  election.  By  way  of  example  and  not 
limitation,  if  the  Bank  determines  that  a  deferral  election  should  have  been  made  at  a  time  that  is  earlier  than  the  time  it  is  actually 
made  (even  if  such  election  would  otherwise  comply  with  the  terms  of  the  Plan),  the  Bank  will  have  the  right  to  disregard  such 
election  and  to  have  the  Bank  pay  the  Compensation  to  the  affected  Participant  without  regard  to  the  Participant’s  deferral  election. 

Article 3  Deferral  Account 

3.1                     Establishing  and  Crediting .  The  Bank  shall  establish  a  Deferral  Account  on  its  books  for  each  participating 

Participant  and  shall  credit  to  the  Deferral  Account  the  following  amounts: 

3.1.1                                Deferrals .  The  Fees  deferred  by  the  Participant  as  of  the  time  the  Fees  would  have  otherwise  been  paid  to 
the  Participant. 

3.1.2.                               Interest .  Interest  is  to  be  accrued  on  the  account  balance  at  a  rate  of  interest  that  is  equal  to  120%  of  the 
long-term Applicable Federal Rate, adjusted  monthly,  as  published  each  month by the Internal  Revenue Service  and  available  at 
www.irs.gov .  

1

3.2                     Statement  of  Accounts .  The  Bank  shall  provide  to  the  Participant,  within  one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days  after  the 

end  of  each  Plan  Year,  a  statement  setting  forth  the  Deferral  Account  balance  as  of  the  end  of  such  Plan  Year. 

3.3                     Accounting  Device  Only .  The  Deferral  Account  is  solely  a  device  for  measuring  amounts  to  be  paid  under  this 

Plan.  The  Deferral  Account  is  not  a  trust  fund  of  any  kind.  The  Participant  is  a  general  unsecured  creditor  of  the  Bank  for  the 
payment  of  benefits.  The  benefits  represent  the  mere 

1    

As amended by resolution of the board of directors on  February  25,  2009. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
promise of  the  Bank  to  pay  such  benefits.  The  Participant’s  rights  are  not  subject  in  any  manner  to  anticipation,  alienation,  sale, 
transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance,  attachment,  or  garnishment  by  the  Participant’s  creditors. 

Article 4  Payment  of  Benefits 

4.1                     Separation  from  Service  Benefit .  Upon  Separation  from  Service  for  any  reason,  the  Bank  shall  pay  to  the 

Participant  the  benefit  described  in  this  Section  4.1  in  lieu  of  any  other  benefit  under  the  Plan. 

4.1.1               Amount  of  Benefit .  The  benefit  under  this  Section  4.1  is  the  Deferral  Account  balance  at  the  Participant’s 

Separation  from  Service. 

4.1.2               Payment  of  Benefit .  The  Bank  shall  pay  the  benefit  under  this  Section  4.1  to  the  Participant  on  the  Bank’s 

first  payroll  date  after  the  six  month  anniversary  of  the  Participant’s  Separation  from  Service. 

4.2                     Change  of  Control  Benefit .  Upon  a  Change  in  Control,  the  Bank  shall  pay  to  the  Participant  the  benefit 

described  in  this  Section  4.2. 

4.2.1               Amount  of  Benefit .  The  benefit  under  this  Section  4.2  is  the  Deferral  Account  balance  at  the  Change  of 

Control. 

4.2.2               Payment  of  Benefit .  The  Bank  shall  pay  the  benefit  under  this  Section  4.2  to  the  Participant  in  a  lump  sum 

within  ten  (10)  days  following  a  change  in  control. 

4.3                     Death  During  Active  Service .  If  the  Participant  dies  while  in  active  service  of  the  Bank,  the  Bank  shall  pay  to 

the  participant’s  beneficiary  the  benefit  described  in  this  Section  4.3. 

4.3.1               Amount  of  Benefit .  The  benefit  under  this  Section  4.3  is  the  Deferral  Account  balance  at  the  date  of  the 

Participant’s  death. 

4.3.2               Payment  of  Benefit .  The  Bank  shall  pay  the  benefit  to  the  beneficiary  in  a  single  lump  sum  payment 

within  sixty  (60)  days  of  the  Participant’s  death. 

4.4                     Unforeseeable  Emergency  Distribution .  Upon  the  Bank’s  determination  (following  petition  by  the  Participant)  that 

the  Participant  has  suffered  an  unforeseeable  emergency  as  described below, the  Bank  shall  (i)  terminate  the  then  effective  deferral 
election  of  the  Participant  to  the  extent  permitted  under  Section  409A  of  the  Code,  and  (ii)  distribute  to  the  Participant  all  or  a 
portion  of  the  Deferral  Account  balance  as  determined  by  the  Bank,  but  in  no  event  shall  the  distribution  be  greater  than  the  amount 
determined  by  the  Bank  that  is  necessary  to  satisfy  the  unforeseeable  emergency  plus  amounts  necessary  to  pay  taxes  reasonably 
anticipated  as  a  result  of  the  distribution,  after  taking  into  account  the  extent  to  which  the  unforeseeable  emergency  is  or  may  be 
relieved  through  reimbursement  or  compensation  by  insurance  or  otherwise  or  by  liquidation  of  the  Participant’s  assets  (to  the  extent 
the  liquidation  of  assets  would  not  itself  cause  severe  financial  hardship);  provided,  however,  that  such  distribution  shall  be  permitted 
solely  to  the  extent  permitted  under  Section  409A  of  the  Code.  For  purposes  of  this  Section,  “unforeseeable  emergency”  means  a 
severe  financial  hardship  to  the  Participant  resulting  from  (a)  an  illness  or  accident  of  the  Participant,  the  Participant’s  spouse  or  a 
dependent  (as  defined            in  Section  152(a)  of  the  Code)  of  the  Participant,  (b)  a  loss  of  the  Participant’s  property  due  to  casualty,  
      or  (c)  other  similar  extraordinary  and  unforeseeable  circumstances  arising  as  a  result  of  events  beyond        the  control  of  the 
Participant,  each  as  determined  to  exist  by  the  Bank. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Article 5 
Claims and  Review  Procedures 

5.1                     Claims  Procedure .  The  Bank  shall  notify  any  person  or  entity  that  makes  a  claim  against  the  Agreement  (the 

“Claimant”)  in  writing  within  ninety  (90)  days  of  Claimant’s  written  application  for  benefits,  of  his  or  her  eligibility  or  non-eligibility 
for  benefits  under  the  Agreement.  If  the  Bank  determines  that  the  Claimant  is  not  eligible  for  benefits  or  full  benefits,  the  notice  shall 
set  forth  (1)  the  specific  reasons  for  such  denial,  (2)  specific  reference  to  the  provisions  of  the  Agreement  on  which  the  denial          is 
based,  (3)  a  description  of  any  additional  information  or  material  necessary  for  the  Claimant  to  perfect  his  or  her  claim  and  a 
description  of  why  it  is  needed  and  (4)  an  explanation  of  the  Agreement’s  claims  review  procedure  and  other  appropriate  information 
as  to  the  steps  to  be  taken  if  the  Claimant  wishes          to  have  the  claim  reviewed.  If  the  Bank  determines  that  there  are  special 
circumstances  requiring  additional  time  to  make  a  decision,  the  Bank  shall  notify  the  Claimant  of  the  special  circumstances  and  the 
date  by  which  a  decision  is  expected  to  be  made,  and  may  extend  the  time  for  up  to  ninety  (90)  days. 

5.2                     Review  Procedure .  If  the  Claimant  is  determined  by  the  Bank  not  to  be  eligible  for  benefit,  or  if  the  Claimant 

believes  that  he  or  she  is  entitled  to  greater  or  different  benefits,  the  Claimant  shall  have  the  opportunity  to  have  such  claim 
reviewed  by  the  Bank  by  filing  a  petition  for  review  with  the  Bank  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  receipt  of  the  notice  issued  by  the 
Bank.  Said  petition  shall  state  the  specific  reasons  which  the  Claimant  believes  entitle  him  or  her  to  benefits  or  to  greater  or 
different  benefits.  Within  sixty  (60)  days  after  receipt  by  the  Bank  of  the  petition,  the  Bank  shall  afford  the  Claimant  (and  counsel, 
if  any)  an  opportunity  to  present  his  of  her  position  to  the  Bank  verbally  or  in  writing,  and  the  Claimant  (or  counsel)  shall  have  the 
tight  to  review  the  pertinent  documents.  The  Bank  shall  notify  the  Claimant  of  its  decision  in  writing  within  the  60-day  period 
stating  specifically  the  basis  of  its  decision,  written  in  a  manner  calculated  to  be  understood  by  the  Claimant  and  the  specific 
provisions  of  the  Agreement  on  which  the  decision  is  based.  If,  because  of  the  need  for  a  hearing,  the  60-  day  period  is  not 
sufficient,  the  decision  may  be  deferred  for  up  to  another  sixty  (60)  days  at  the  election  of  the  Bank,  but  notice  of  this  deferral 
shall  be  given  to  the  Claimant. 

Article 6  Amendments  and  Termination 

6.1                     Termination .  Although  the  Bank  anticipates  that  it  will  continue  the  Plan  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time,  there  is 

no  guarantee  that  the  Bank  will  continue  the  Plan  or  will  not  terminate  the  Plan  at  any  time  in  the  future.  Accordingly,  the  Bank 
reserves  the  right  to  discontinue  its  sponsorship  of  the  Plan  and/or  to  terminate  the  Plan  at  any  time  with  respect  to  any  or  all  of  the 
Participants,  by  action  of  its  full  Board  of  Directors.  The  termination  of  the  Plan  shall  not  adversely  affect  any  Participant’s  or 
beneficiary’s  right  to  receive  the  payment  of  any  benefits  under  the  Plan  as  of  the  date  of  termination,  including  the  right  of  the 
Participant  or  beneficiary  to  be  paid  Plan  benefits  accrued  through  the  date  of termination  in  accordance  with  the  Plan  terms  and  the 
Participant’s  distribution  elections  in  effect  at  the  time  of  termination. 

6.2                     Amendment .  The  Bank  may,  at  any  time,  amend  or  modify  the  Plan  in  whole  or  in  part,  by  action  of  its  full 
Board  of  Directors;  provided,  however,  that  no  amendment  or  modification  shall  be  effective  to  decrease  or  restrict  the  rights  of  a 
Participant  is  his  or  her  Deferral  Account  in  existence  at  the  time  the  amendment  or  modification  is  made,  including  the  right  to  be 
paid  Plan  benefits  accrued  through  the  date  of  the  amendment  or  modification  in  accordance  with  the  Plan  terms  and  the  Participant’s 
distribution  elections  in  effect  at  the  time  of  the  amendment  or  modification. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Article 7  Miscellaneous 

7.1                     Binding  Effect .  This  Plan  shall  bind  each  participating  Participant  and  the  Bank  and  their  respective  beneficiaries, 

survivors,  executors,  administrators  and  transferees. 

7.2                     No  Guarantee  of  Service .  This  Plan  is  not  a  contract  for  service.  It  does  not  give  a  Participant  the  right  to 

remain  in  the  service  of  the  Bank,  nor  does  it  interfere  with  the  Bank’s  right  to  replace  a  Participant.  It  also  does  not  require  a 
Participant  to  remain  in  the  service  of  the  Bank  nor  interfere  with  the  Participant’s  right  to  terminate  service  at  any  time. 

7.3                     Non-Transferability .  Benefits  under  this  Plan  cannot  be  sold,  transferred,  assigned,  pledged,  attached  or 

encumbered  in  any  manner. 

7.4                     Tax  Withholding .  The  Bank  shall  withhold  any  taxes  that  are  required  to  be  withheld  from  the  benefits 

provided  under  this  Plan. 

7.5                     Applicable  Law .  The  Plan  and  all  rights  hereunder  shall  be  governed  by  the  laws  of  Maryland,  except  to  the 

extent  preempted  by  federal  law. 

7.6                     Unfunded  Arrangement .  Each  Participant  and  any  beneficiary  of  such  Participant  are  general  unsecured  creditors 

of  the  Bank  for  the  payment  of  benefits  under  this  Plan.  The  benefits  represent  the  mere  promise  by  the  Bank  to  pay  such  benefits. 
The  rights  to  benefits  are  not  subject  in  any  manner  to  anticipation,  alienation,  sale,  transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance, 
attachment,  or  garnishment  by  creditors.  Any  insurance  on  a  Participant’s  life  is  a  general  asset  of  the  Bank  to  which  the Participant
and  the  Participant’s  beneficiary  have  no  preferred  or  secured  claim. 

7.7                     Reorganization .  The  Bank  shall  not  merge  or  consolidate  into  or  with  another  entity,  or  reorganize,  or  sell 
substantially  all  of  its  assets  to  another  entity,  firm,  or  person  unless  such  succeeding  or  continuing  entity,  firm,  or  person  agrees  to 
assume  and  discharge  the  obligations  of  the  Bank  under  this  Plan.  Upon  the  occurrence  of  such  event,  the  term  “Bank”  as  used  in 
this  Plan  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  successor  or  survivor  entity. 

7.8                     Entire  Agreement .  This  Plan  constitutes  the  entire  agreement  between  the  Bank  and  a  participating  Participant  as 

to  the  subject  matter  hereof.  No  rights  are  granted  to  a  Participant  by  virtue  of  this  Plan  other  than  those  specifically  set  forth 
herein. 

7.9                     Administration .  The  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Bank  shall  have  powers  which  are  necessary  to  administer 

this  Plan,  including  but  not  limited  to: 

(a)                       Interpreting  the  provisions  of  the  Plan; 

(b)                      Establishing  and  revising  the  method  of  accounting  for  the  Plan; 

(c)                       Maintaining  a  record  of  benefit  payments;  and 

(d)                      Establishing  rules  and  prescribing  any  forms  necessary  or  desirable  to  administer  the  Plan. 

7.10                 Prohibited  Acceleration/Distribution  Timing .  This  Section  shall  take  precedence  over  any  other  provision  of  the 
Plan  to  the  contrary.  No  provision  of  this  Plan  shall  be  followed  if  following  the  provision  would  result  in  the  acceleration  of  the 
time  or  schedule  of  any  payment  from  the  Plan  (i)  as  would  require  income  tax  to  a  Participant  prior  to  the  date  on  which  the 
amount  is  distributable  to  or  on  behalf  of  the  Participant  under   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Article 4  or  (ii)  which  would  result  in  penalties  to  the  Participant  under 

 
 
Section 409A  of  the  Code.  In  addition,  if  the  timing  of  any  distribution  election  would  result  in  any  tax  or  other  penalty  (other  than 
ordinarily  payable  Federal,  state  or  local  income  or  payroll  taxes),  which  tax  or  penalty  can  be  avoided  by  payment  of  the  distribution 
at  a  later  time,  then  the  distribution  shall  be  made  (or  commence,  as  the  case  may  be)  on  (or  as  soon  as  practicable  after)  the  first 
date  on  which  such  distributions  can  be  made  (or  commence)  without  such  tax  or  penalty. 

7.11                 Aggregation  of  Employers .  To  the  extent  required  under  Section  409A  of  the  Code,  if  the  Bank  is  a  member  of  a 
controlled  group  of  corporations  or  a  group  of  trades  or  business  under  common  control  (as  described  in  Section  414(b)  or  (c)  of  the 
Code),  all  members  of  the  group  shall  be  treated  as  a  single  employer  for  purposes  of  whether  there  has  occurred  a  Separation  from 
Service  and  for  any  other  purposes  under  the  Plan  as  Section  409A  of  the  Code  shall  require. 

7.12                 Designation  of  Beneficiary(ies) .  Each  Participant  shall  have  the  right  to  designate  a beneficiary or  beneficiaries 
(including  contingent  beneficiaries)  to  receive  any  benefits  payable  upon  the  death  of  a  Participant.  No  such  designation  shall  be 
effective  unless  completed  and  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules  and  procedures  established  by  the  Bank  for  this  purpose.  In  the 
absence  of  an  effective  beneficiary  designation,  the  Participant’s  designated  beneficiary  shall  be  assumed  to  be  the  Participant’s 
surviving  spouse  or,  if  none,  the  Participant’s  estate. 

7.13                 Special  Transition  Rule  for  Certain  Participants .  This  Plan  is  also  intended  as  the  successor  to  the  Prior 

Agreements  (for  amounts  deferred  after  December  31,  2004).  The  opening  Deferral  Account  balance  of  each  such  Participant  who 
participates  in  this  Plan  shall  be  equal  to  the  Participant’s  account  balance  under  the  Prior  Agreement  as  of  the  date  immediately 
preceding  the  Effective  Date.  Accordingly,  a  Participant’s  first  deferral  election  under  this  Plan,  if  any,  shall  be  for  the  Plan  Year 
ending  December  31,  2009. 

7.14                 Compliance  with  Section  409A  of  the  Code .  Despite  any  contrary  provision  of  this  Agreement,  if,  when  a 
Participant’s  service  terminates,  the  Participant  is  a  “specified  employee,”  as  defined  in  Section  409A  of  the  Code,  and  if  any 
payments  under  this  Plan  will  result  in  additional  tax  or  interest  to  the  Participant  because  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code,  the 
Participant  shall  not  be  entitled  to  the such payments  until  the  earliest  of  (i)  the  date  that  is  at  least  six  months  after  termination  of 
the  Participant’s  employment  for  reasons  other  than  the  Participant’s  death,  (ii)  the  date  of  the  Participant’s  death,  or  (iii)  any  earlier 
date  that  does  not  result  in  additional  tax  or  interest  to  the  Participant  under  Section  409A  of  the  Code.  If  any  provision  of  this 
Agreement  would  subject  the  Participant  to  additional  tax  or  interest  under  Section  409A  of  the  Code,  the  Bank  shall  reform  the 
provision.  However,  the  Bank  shall  maintain  to  the  maximum  extent  practicable  the  original  intent  of  the  applicable  provision  without 
subjecting  the  Participant  to  additional  tax  or  interest. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 1 

SANDY SPRING  BANK  DIRECTORS’  DEFERRED  FEE  PLAN 

DEFERRAL ELECTION  FORM 

Deadline for  Completion:                                                                                                                  

PARTICIPANT INFORMATION  (Please  Print) 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Social 
Security                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Number: 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Address: 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Telephone  Number: 

ELECTION TO  DEFER 

I hereby  elect  to  reduce  my  Compensation  to  be  earned  during  the  period  January  1,  ,  through  December  31,  ,  by  the  percentage(s) 
and/or  amount(s)  indicated  below.  I  understand  that  the  amount  indicated  below  will  be  credited  to  my  Deferral  Account  under  the 
Plan. 

Bank Board  Fees:                                                 (up  to  100%) 

I acknowledge  that  I  have  been  offered  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  the  Plan.  I  will  participate  in  the  Plan  in  accordance  with  my 
elections  on  this  form. 

I understand  that  any  election  under  this  Plan  is  subject  to  all  of  the  applicable  terms  of  the  Plan.  I  acknowledge  that  the  election  made 
herein  will  continue  until  the  end  of  the  above  indicated  calendar  year,  unless  subsequently  changed  by  me,  pursuant  to  rules  contained 
in  the  Plan.  I  hereby  acknowledge 
(a) that  my  Plan  benefits  are  subject  to  the  claims  of  the  Bank’s  creditors  should  the  Bank  become  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  and  (b)  that 
a  copy  of  the  Plan  document  and  has  been  provided  to  me.  All  capitalized  terms  not  defined  in  this  Deferral  Election  Form  shall  have 
the  same  meaning  as  indicated  in  the  Plan. 

Date:                                                          Signature:                                                                         

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 2 

SANDY SPRING  BANK  DIRECTORS’  DEFERRED  FEE  PLAN 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION 

PARTICIPANT INFORMATION  (Please  Print) 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Social 
Security                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Number: 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Address: 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Telephone  Number: 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION 

I  hereby    revoke    any    prior    designations    of    death    benefit    beneficiary/ies    under    the    Plan,    and    I    hereby    designate    the    following 
beneficiary/ies  to  receive  any  benefit  payable  on  account  of  my  death  under  the  Plan,  subject  to  my  right  to  change  this  designation 
and  subject  to  the  terms  of  the  Plan: 

A.                        Primary  Beneficiary/ies 

Name/Address/Telephone                                                                                                               

Relationship to  Participant                                                                                                                
% of  Plan  Benefit  Date  of  Birth 
Social Security  Number                                                                                                                      

B.                        Contingent  Beneficiary/ies  (Will  receive  indicated  portions  of  Plan  benefit  if  no  Primary  Beneficiary/ies  survive  the 

Participant) 

Name/Address/Telephone                                                                                                               

Relationship to  Participant                                                                                                                
% of  Plan  Benefit  Date  of  Birth 
Social Security  Number                                                                                                                      

I acknowledge  that  I  have  been  given  a  copy  of  the  Plan  and  I  agree  that  the  above  elections  and designations are  subject  to  all  of  the 
terms  of  the  Plan.  All  capitalized  terms  not  defined  in  this  Benefit  Election  Form  shall  have  the  same  meaning  as  indicated  in  the 
Plan. 

Date:                                                          Signature:                                                                          

 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

The following is a list of all subsidiaries of the Registrant

Name

Sandy Spring Capital Trust II
Sandy Spring Bank

Sandy Spring Insurance Corporation*
The Equipment Leasing Company* (non-operating)
West Financial Services, Inc.*
Sandy Spring Mortgage Corporation* (non-operating)

*Direct subsidiaries of Sandy Spring Bank

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation

Delaware
Maryland
Maryland
Maryland
Maryland
Maryland

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(1)

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-126701) pertaining to the Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.  2005 Omnibus Stock Plan,

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-166808) pertaining to the Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. Director Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated,

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-174664) pertaining to the Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan,

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-204746) pertaining to the Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.  2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and Sandy Spring Bank
401(k) Plan;

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-000000) pertaining to the Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. shelf registration.

of our reports dated February 23, 2018, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017.

/s/   Ernst & Young LLP

Tysons, Virginia
February 23, 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31 (a)
CERTIFICATION

Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certifications

I, Daniel J. Schrider, Chief Executive Officer of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp”), certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a     material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements     were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly     present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,     and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls     and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d--15(e)) and internal control over financial     reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

     a)   Designed such disclosure  controls and procedures, or caused such  disclosure controls and procedures to be            designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its            consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period            in which this report is being prepared;

    b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial            reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of                       financial   reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with
           generally accepted accounting principles;

     c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report            our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period            covered by this report based upon such evaluation; and

     d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred            during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to                       materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal     control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors
and the audit committee of the registrant's board of     directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

     a)   All significant deficiencies  and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over            financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process,            summarize and report financial information; and

     b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role            in the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting.

Date: February 23, 2018                                                                                   /s/Daniel J. Schrider

     Daniel J. Schrider
     Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31 (b)

CERTIFICATION

I, Philip J. Mantua, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp”), certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc.

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a     material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements     were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly     present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,     and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls     and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d--15(e)) and internal control over financial     reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

     a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such  disclosure controls and procedures to be            designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its            consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period            in which this report is being prepared;

    b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial            reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of            financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
           generally accepted accounting principles;

     c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report            our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period            covered by this report based upon such evaluation; and

     d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred            during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to                       materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal     control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors
and the audit committee of the registrant's board of     directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

     a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over            financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process,            summarize and report financial information; and

     b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role            in the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting.

Date: February 23, 2018                                                                                  /s/Philip J. Mantua
     Philip J. Mantua
     Executive Vice President and
     Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(a)

18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification

         I hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that
the accompanying Form 10-K of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. (“Bancorp”) for the period ended December 31, 2017, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934(15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and that the information contained in this Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of Bancorp.

By:       /s/ Daniel J. Schrider
             Daniel J. Schrider
             Chief Executive Officer
             Date: February 23, 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32(b)

18 U.S.C. Section 1350 Certification

I hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that the
accompanying Form 10-K of Sandy Spring Bancorp, Inc. ("Bancorp") for the period ended December 31, 2017, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and that the information contained in this Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of Bancorp.

By:       /s/ Philip J. Mantua
             Philip J. Mantua
             Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
             Date: February 23, 2018